WO2021121101A1 - 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件 - Google Patents

用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021121101A1
WO2021121101A1 PCT/CN2020/134963 CN2020134963W WO2021121101A1 WO 2021121101 A1 WO2021121101 A1 WO 2021121101A1 CN 2020134963 W CN2020134963 W CN 2020134963W WO 2021121101 A1 WO2021121101 A1 WO 2021121101A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
window
air conditioner
support
mounting bracket
frame
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/134963
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
喻辉
蒙健平
邢志钢
赵阿立
Original Assignee
广东美的制冷设备有限公司
美的集团股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201922273415.7U external-priority patent/CN211575506U/zh
Priority claimed from CN201922273412.3U external-priority patent/CN211345569U/zh
Priority claimed from CN201911303245.0A external-priority patent/CN110966687A/zh
Priority claimed from CN201922273159.1U external-priority patent/CN211345568U/zh
Priority claimed from CN201922294065.2U external-priority patent/CN211345570U/zh
Priority claimed from CN201922286733.7U external-priority patent/CN211345798U/zh
Application filed by 广东美的制冷设备有限公司, 美的集团股份有限公司 filed Critical 广东美的制冷设备有限公司
Priority to CA3162371A priority Critical patent/CA3162371A1/en
Priority to US17/785,521 priority patent/US12013144B2/en
Publication of WO2021121101A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021121101A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F13/00Details common to, or for air-conditioning, air-humidification, ventilation or use of air currents for screening
    • F24F13/32Supports for air-conditioning, air-humidification or ventilation units
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24FAIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F1/00Room units for air-conditioning, e.g. separate or self-contained units or units receiving primary air from a central station
    • F24F1/02Self-contained room units for air-conditioning, i.e. with all apparatus for treatment installed in a common casing
    • F24F1/03Self-contained room units for air-conditioning, i.e. with all apparatus for treatment installed in a common casing characterised by mounting arrangements
    • F24F1/031Self-contained room units for air-conditioning, i.e. with all apparatus for treatment installed in a common casing characterised by mounting arrangements penetrating a wall or window

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of air conditioners, and in particular to a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner and a window air conditioner assembly.
  • the mounting bracket installed on the wall can be used to support window air conditioners and the like to realize the installation of window air conditioners and the like.
  • the stability of the mounting bracket is poor, the installation is more complicated, and the operator is likely to scratch the components of the mounting bracket during the operation, causing the mounting bracket to become loose or the operator to be injured.
  • This application aims to solve at least one of the technical problems existing in the related technology. To this end, this application proposes a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner, which has a stable and reliable structure and is easy to install.
  • This application also proposes a window air conditioner assembly with the above-mentioned mounting bracket.
  • the mounting bracket for a window air conditioner according to the first aspect of the present application, is adapted to be installed at a window of a wall, the window air conditioner is adapted to be installed on the mounting bracket, and the mounting
  • the support includes: support units, the support units are multiple and spaced apart in the lateral direction, each of the support units includes a support frame, the support frame extends in the inner and outer directions, and at least part of the support frame is suitable for setting Outdoors, the outdoor side end of the support frame has a first connecting portion extending in a vertical direction; and a connecting unit, the connecting unit is adapted to be installed outdoors and connected to a plurality of the support units respectively, the The connecting unit includes a connecting rod extending in a transverse direction and a plurality of second connecting parts provided on the connecting rod, and the plurality of second connecting parts are spaced apart in the transverse direction so as to be separated from the plurality of first connecting parts.
  • the second connecting portion includes a mounting structure and a shielding structure
  • the mounting structure is adapted to be fixedly connected to the first connecting portion through a connecting piece
  • the shielding structure is connected to the mounting structure and is suitable for At least cover the upper side and/or the lateral sides of the connecting member.
  • the mounting bracket for a window air conditioner of the present application by providing a shielding structure suitable for shielding at least the upper side and/or lateral sides of the connecting piece, the connecting piece can be protected and the operator can be avoided during the operation process. In the middle, it is easy to scratch with the connecting parts, which is convenient for operation and improves assembly efficiency. At the same time, it helps to ensure the stable structure of the mounting bracket, and to a certain extent, the shielding structure can play a role in shielding rain; at the same time, the mounting bracket has a simple and supporting structure. It is reliable, facilitates the installation and fixation of the window type air conditioner, ensures the installation stability of the window type air conditioner, prevents the window type air conditioner from easily falling from the window, and facilitates the safe use of the window type air conditioner.
  • the shielding structure includes: a first eaves plate, the first eaves plate is located above the first connecting part; and/or a second eaves plate, the second shield There are two eaves and are respectively located on both lateral sides of the first connecting portion.
  • the mounting structure includes a mounting plate extending in a vertical direction, and the mounting plate is located on a side of the first connecting part close to the room, and is suitable for communicating with the first connecting part through the connecting member.
  • the connecting part is fixedly connected.
  • the shielding structure includes: a first eaves plate, the first eaves plate is connected to the upper edge of the mounting plate and is located above the first connecting portion; and a second eaves plate There are two second baffles and they are respectively connected with the lateral sides of the mounting plate, and the two second baffles are respectively located on the lateral sides of the first connecting portion.
  • the first connecting portion extends upward from the outdoor side end of the support frame, the second connecting portion is located above the support frame, and the connecting rod is located at the second connecting portion The side close to the room.
  • the connecting rod includes: a top plate, two side plates connected below the top plate, and at least two reinforcing plates, the top plate is supported on a plurality of the support frames, and the two side plates are The plates are respectively located on lateral sides of the plurality of supporting units, and the reinforcing plates are located between two adjacent supporting frames.
  • the support frame is adapted to pass through the window, so that a part of the support frame is suitable for being installed indoors
  • the mounting bracket includes: a positioning unit, the positioning unit is suitable for being installed indoors and Connected to the indoor part of the support frame, and the positioning unit is adapted to position and cooperate with the window and/or window frame.
  • the positioning unit includes a main frame extending in a transverse direction, the support frame is supported above the main frame, and includes a support plate and a flip that extends downward from both lateral sides of the support plate.
  • the indoor side end of the support plate has a sink groove recessed downward, and the bottom wall of the sink groove is supported on the upper surface of the main frame and is suitable for being connected to the main frame through The pieces are firmly connected.
  • each of the supporting units further includes a supporting leg, the supporting leg is adapted to be installed outdoors, and the upper end of the supporting leg is connected to a part of the supporting frame located outdoors, the supporting leg The lower end is suitable for directly or indirectly abutting the outer wall surface of the wall.
  • the supporting unit is adapted to pass through the window along the inner and outer directions, at least a part of the supporting unit located outdoors is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface of the wall
  • the mounting bracket further includes : A positioning unit, the positioning unit is adapted to be installed indoors and connected to the indoor part of the support unit, the positioning unit is adapted to position and cooperate with the window and/or window frame, the positioning unit includes a main And a plurality of sub-frames, the main frame and the sub-frames both extend in the transverse direction, and each of the sub-frames can be drawn and matched with the main frame in the transverse direction, so that the lateral length of the positioning unit can be adjusted Adjustment, wherein a plurality of the sub-frames can be replaced with the main frame, and the lateral lengths of at least two of the sub-frames are not equal.
  • each of the sub-frames includes a frame rod and a gear rod, the frame rod extends in a transverse direction, the gear rod extends in a vertical direction, and the gear rod is provided at a transverse end of the frame rod.
  • the stop lever includes two baffles extending in a transverse direction, and the two baffles are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the stop lever further includes a connecting plate that extends in the inner and outer directions. And connect the two baffles.
  • the connecting plate has a first connecting hole extending in the transverse direction
  • the frame rod has a second connecting hole extending in the vertical direction and/or a third connecting hole extending in the inner and outer directions.
  • the second connecting holes are multiple and spaced apart along the lateral direction
  • the third connecting holes are multiple and spaced apart along the lateral direction.
  • the main frame defines a chute extending in the transverse direction and both ends of the transverse direction are open, and the frame rod penetrates the chute so as to be drawable in the transverse direction relative to the main frame.
  • the gear lever is stopped outside the sliding groove.
  • the main frame includes a main body section and two end sections, and the two end sections are respectively located at the transverse ends of the main body section, the bottom surface of the main body section is open, and the end section The bottom of the segment is closed.
  • any cross-section of the main frame is in the shape of a corner
  • the indoor side wall of the main frame has a plurality of first positioning holes spaced apart along the lateral direction
  • the indoor side wall of the frame rod There is a second positioning hole on both the outdoor side wall and the outdoor side wall, and the second positioning hole and the first positioning hole are suitable for being fixedly connected by a connector.
  • the sub-frame includes at least a first sub-frame and a second sub-frame, and the sum of the horizontal lengths of the frame rods of the first sub-frame and the frame rods of the second sub-frame is equal to that of the main frame.
  • the horizontal length of the shelf is equal to that of the main frame.
  • the supporting unit is a plurality of supporting units spaced apart along the lateral direction, each of the supporting units includes a supporting frame and a supporting leg, and the supporting frame extends in the inner and outer directions and is suitable for passing through the Window, so that a part of the support frame is suitable for being set indoors and the other part is suitable for being set outdoors, the support leg is suitable for being set outdoors, and the upper end of the support leg and the support frame located outdoors Partly connected, the lower end of the support leg is suitable for directly or indirectly abutting the outer wall surface of the wall, and the indoor part of the support frame is connected to the main frame.
  • the support unit includes: a support frame, the support frame extends in the inner and outer directions, and at least part of the support frame is suitable for being installed outdoors; a support leg, the support leg is suitable for being arranged outdoors , The upper end of the support leg is connected to the outdoor part of the support frame, and the lower end of the support leg is adapted to directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface of the wall, wherein the support frame is located outdoors
  • the part has a first limiting structure
  • the upper end of the support leg has a second limiting structure
  • the second limiting structure is in a limiting fit with the first limiting structure to limit the support leg and the
  • the maximum included angle between the support frames toward the indoor side prevents the rotation angle of the support legs in a direction away from the wall with respect to the support frame from exceeding the maximum included angle.
  • the support frame has two limiting grooves spaced apart in the lateral direction, and each of the limiting grooves extends in the inner and outer directions, wherein the lateral side of the limiting groove is open for Open, the other lateral side of the limiting groove has a side wall, the limiting groove serves as the first limiting structure; the second limiting structure is assembled in the limiting groove by the opening Inside, the second limiting structure includes an upper limiting portion and a lower limiting portion, the upper limiting portion abuts against the top wall of the limiting groove, and the lower limiting portion abuts against the bottom wall of the limiting groove.
  • the support leg includes two leg side panels that are spaced apart along the lateral direction, and the lower limit part is provided at the upper end of the leg side panel and is located near the indoor of the leg side panel. On the side.
  • the lower limiting portion extends in a lateral direction that is close to the side wall of the limiting groove.
  • the upper limit portion includes a support surface and a first extension portion, the support surface is the top surface of the leg side plate, and the first extension portion is defined by the upper end of the leg side plate. Extend towards the side close to the room.
  • the upper end of the leg side plate has a first connecting hole
  • the side wall of the limiting groove has a plurality of second connecting holes spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the first connecting hole It is suitable for being fixedly connected with any of the second connecting holes through a connecting piece.
  • the support frame includes: a support plate and a mounting plate, the support plate extends in the inner and outer directions and is adapted to be supported at the bottom of the window air conditioner, and the mounting plates are two and separate Connected to the lower lateral sides of the supporting board, the lower end of each mounting board has a flange that is folded toward the other mounting board, and the limiting groove is defined in the flange, the mounting board, and Between the supporting plates, the supporting plate constitutes the top wall of the limiting groove, the mounting plate constitutes the side wall of the limiting groove, and the flange constitutes the bottom wall of the limiting groove.
  • the supporting unit further includes a supporting foot connected to the lower end of the supporting leg, and the supporting foot is adapted to be installed outdoors to abut against the outer wall surface of the wall, wherein, the lower end of the support leg has a second extension, and the second extension is adapted to stop at a side of the support leg away from the outer wall surface of the wall.
  • the support unit includes: a support frame, the support frame extends in the inner and outer directions, and at least part of the support frame is suitable for being installed outdoors; a support leg, the support leg is suitable for being arranged outdoors , And the upper end of the support leg is connected to the outdoor part of the support frame; and the support leg, the support leg is suitable for being set outdoors, and the support leg is connected to the lower end of the support leg, wherein,
  • the supporting foot includes a body part and an outer cover, the body part is installed on the support leg, the outer cover is wrapped around the body part, and the support foot is adapted to pass through the outer cover and the wall.
  • the outer wall surface abuts, wherein the main body part and the outer cover part are positioned and matched with each other through a positioning structure, and the positioning structure includes a positioning hole and a positioning protrusion fitted to the positioning hole.
  • one or more connecting holes are formed on the body member, and the connecting member is adapted to pass through the connecting hole and the outer covering member to be fixed to the outer wall surface of the wall.
  • the body member includes: a panel part and a side panel part, the side panel parts are two and are located on both lateral sides of the panel part, and the side panel part is connected with the support leg,
  • the outer package includes: an end face, an upper flanging part, and a lower flanging part, the end face covering one side of the thickness of the panel part, and the upper flanging part is connected to the longitudinal upper end of the end face and
  • the flip buckle is to the other side of the thickness of the panel part, and the down flanging part is connected with the longitudinal lower end of the end face and is buckled to the other side of the thickness of the panel part.
  • a side of the outer covering member away from the body member has a plurality of grooves spaced apart in the up and down direction.
  • the mounting bracket includes two supporting units spaced apart in a lateral direction, and the supporting frame is adapted to pass through the window, so that a part of the supporting frame is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the mounting bracket includes a positioning unit adapted to be installed indoors and connected to the indoor part of the support frame, and the positioning unit is adapted to position and cooperate with the window and/or window frame.
  • the window type air conditioner assembly includes: a window type air conditioner; and a mounting bracket, the mounting bracket being the mounting bracket for the window type air conditioner according to the above-mentioned first aspect of the present application, the mounting The bracket is adapted to be installed at the window of the wall, and the window air conditioner is arranged on the installation bracket.
  • the window-type air conditioner assembly of the present application by providing the mounting bracket for the window-type air conditioner of the first aspect described above, the installation and fixation of the window-type air conditioner is facilitated and the safety and reliability are high.
  • the window-type air conditioner assembly further includes: a connecting assembly adapted to connect the mounting bracket and the window-type air conditioner.
  • the lower end of the connecting assembly has a bottom support portion for supporting the window sill.
  • the connecting assembly is configured such that the relative height of the bottom support portion and the bottom surface of the window type air conditioner is adjustable.
  • the connecting assembly includes a third connecting portion for connecting with the window air conditioner, the connecting assembly further includes a fourth connecting portion for connecting with the mounting bracket, and the connecting The assembly is configured such that the relative distance between the third connecting part and the fourth connecting part in the direction from indoor to outdoor is adjustable.
  • the connecting assembly includes a first connecting piece, a second connecting piece, and a third connecting piece.
  • the first connecting piece is suitable for connecting with the window air conditioner
  • the second connecting piece is suitable for connecting to the window air conditioner.
  • the third connecting piece connects the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece
  • the first connecting piece has a first strip hole extending in the up and down direction
  • the The first strip-shaped hole is adapted to be connected to the window air conditioner through a first fastener
  • the third connecting piece is connected to the second connecting piece through the first strip-shaped hole
  • the first The bottom surface of the connecting piece is used to support the window sill
  • the second connecting piece has a second strip hole extending in the inner and outer directions
  • the third connecting piece is connected to the second strip hole through the second strip hole.
  • a connecting piece, the outer end of the second connecting piece is used to connect the mounting bracket.
  • the first connecting member when the first connecting member is formed with a first strip-shaped hole extending in the up and down direction, the first connecting member includes a first plate portion and a bottom support plate portion, and the first plate portion Extending in the up-down direction, the first strip-shaped hole is formed on the first plate portion, the bottom supporting plate portion is connected to the lower portion of the first plate portion, and the bottom surface of the first plate portion is connected to the The bottom surface of the bottom support board is used to support the window sill.
  • the bottom support plate portion includes a second plate portion that extends in the inner and outer directions and is connected to the indoor side and/or the outdoor side of the first plate portion.
  • the bottom support plate portion further includes a third plate portion, and the third plate portion extends laterally from an end of the second plate portion away from the first plate portion.
  • the third plate portion has a third strip-shaped hole extending in a transverse direction.
  • the second connecting member when the second connecting member is formed with a second strip-shaped hole extending in the inner and outer directions, the second connecting member includes a fourth plate portion and a fifth plate portion, and the fourth plate portion Extending in the inner and outer directions, the second strip-shaped hole is formed on the fourth plate portion, the fifth plate portion is connected to the outer end of the fourth plate portion and extends transversely, the fifth plate portion Used to connect the mounting bracket.
  • the fifth plate portion has a fourth strip-shaped hole extending in a transverse direction, and the fourth strip-shaped hole is adapted to be connected to the mounting bracket by a second fastener.
  • connection assembly is adapted to be installed indoors.
  • the window-type air conditioner assembly further includes: a connecting assembly adapted to be connected to at least the window-type air conditioner, and the lower end of the connecting assembly has a bottom support portion for supporting a window sill .
  • the connecting assembly is configured such that the relative height of the bottom support portion and the bottom surface of the window type air conditioner is adjustable.
  • the connecting component is further connected to the mounting bracket, and the connecting component includes a third connecting portion connected to the window air conditioner and a fourth connecting portion connected to the mounting bracket,
  • the connecting assembly is configured such that the relative distance between the third connecting part and the fourth connecting part in a direction from indoor to outdoor is adjustable.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 2 is an enlarged view of part F circled in Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 3 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Fig. 1;
  • FIG 4 is a partial schematic view of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 3;
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in FIG. 3;
  • Fig. 6 is an enlarged view of part G circled in Fig. 5;
  • FIG 7 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 4.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of assembling the support frame and the connecting unit shown in FIG. 7;
  • Fig. 10 is an enlarged view of part H circled in Fig. 9;
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 11;
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in FIG. 11;
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the main frame shown in Figure 13;
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of one of the sub-frames shown in Figure 13;
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of another sub-frame shown in Figure 13;
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the sub-frame shown in Figure 13;
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is an enlarged view of part I circled in Fig. 18;
  • Figure 20 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 18;
  • Figure 21 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 18;
  • Figure 22 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 18;
  • FIG. 23 is an enlarged view of the J part circled in FIG. 22;
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the support leg shown in Figure 22;
  • Fig. 25 is an enlarged view of the K part circled in Fig. 24;
  • Figure 26 is another partial schematic view of the supporting leg shown in Figure 25;
  • Figure 27 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 18;
  • Fig. 28 is an enlarged view of part M circled in Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 29 is a schematic diagram of a mounting bracket for a window air conditioner according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 30 is an enlarged view of the part N circled in Fig. 29;
  • Figure 31 is a partial schematic view of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 29;
  • Fig. 32 is an enlarged view of part O circled in Fig. 31;
  • Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of another of the mounting brackets shown in Figure 31;
  • Figure 34 is another schematic diagram of the mounting bracket shown in Figure 33;
  • Fig. 35 is an exploded schematic diagram of the supporting leg and the supporting foot shown in Fig. 33;
  • Figure 36 is another exploded schematic view of the supporting leg and supporting foot shown in Figure 35;
  • Fig. 37 is a schematic diagram of a window air conditioner assembly according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 38 is an enlarged view of part A circled in Fig. 37;
  • Figure 39 is another schematic view of the window air conditioner assembly shown in Figure 37;
  • Fig. 40 is an enlarged view of part B circled in Fig. 39;
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of the installation of a window air conditioner assembly according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 42 is an enlarged view of part C circled in Fig. 41;
  • Figure 43 is another schematic diagram of the installation of the window air conditioner assembly shown in Figure 41;
  • Fig. 44 is an enlarged view of part D circled in Fig. 43;
  • Fig. 45 is a schematic diagram of installation of a window air conditioner assembly according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 46 is an enlarged view of the E section circled in Fig. 45.
  • FIGS. 1 to 10 a mounting bracket 100 for a window air conditioner 200 according to an embodiment of the first aspect of the present application will be described.
  • the mounting bracket 100 is adapted to be installed at the window 2001 of the wall 2000
  • the window air conditioner 200 is adapted to be mounted on the mounting bracket 100.
  • the window air conditioner 200 can be installed at the window 2001 via the mounting bracket 100
  • the mounting bracket 100 can be installed on the wall 2000 for fixing and supporting the window air conditioner 200 installed at the window 2001.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes a supporting unit W1.
  • the multiple supporting units W1 are spaced apart in the transverse direction (for example, the left-right direction in FIG. 1), and each supporting unit W1 is used for Fixing and supporting the window air conditioner 200 helps to ensure the structural strength and structural stability of the mounting bracket 100, so that the mounting bracket 100 has sufficient support strength for the window air conditioner 200.
  • Each support unit W1 includes a support frame W11, which extends in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front-to-rear direction in FIG. 1), and at least part of the support frame W11 is suitable for being installed outdoors, then a part of the support frame W11 is suitable for It is installed outdoors, or the support frame W11 is all suitable for being installed outdoors.
  • the support frame W11 includes at least a first part W11a, and the first part W11a is suitable for being installed outdoors.
  • the structure of the multiple supporting units W1 may be the same or different.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a connecting unit W3, the connecting unit W3 is suitable for being installed outdoors, and the connecting unit W3 is connected to a plurality of supporting units W1 respectively, that is, each supporting unit W1 is connected to the connecting unit W3,
  • the connecting unit W3 is connected to the first part W11a of the support frame W11 of the multiple support units W1 respectively, which is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the outdoor side end W11d of the support frame W11 has a first connecting portion W11c extending in the vertical direction
  • the mounting bracket 100 has a plurality of first connecting portions W11c
  • the connecting unit W3 includes a connecting portion extending in a horizontal direction.
  • each support unit W1 passes The first connecting portion W11c is connected to the corresponding second connecting portion W32 to realize the connection with the connecting unit W3, so that the multiple supporting units W1 are connected as a whole, which is beneficial to improve the supporting reliability of the mounting bracket 100; moreover, due to the first connecting portion W11c Located at the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11, the first connecting portion W11c is farther from the window 2001 in the inner and outer directions, ensuring that the window air conditioner 200 has sufficient installation space, and the mounting bracket 100 can be used for different sizes Window type air conditioner 200.
  • the second connecting portion W32 includes a mounting structure W321 and a shielding structure W322.
  • the mounting structure W321 is adapted to be fixedly connected to the first connecting portion W11c through a connecting piece W4, and the shielding structure W322 is connected to the mounting structure W321, and
  • the shielding structure W322 is suitable for shielding at least the upper side and/or lateral sides of the connecting piece W4 to prevent at least part of the connecting piece W4 from being exposed, so as to protect the connecting piece W4 to a certain extent, for example, it can avoid During the operation, the operator is likely to scratch the connecting piece W4, causing injury to the operator, or loosening of the connecting piece W4, which is convenient for operation, improves assembly efficiency, and helps ensure the structural stability of the mounting bracket 100, and to a certain extent,
  • the shielding structure W322 can play the role of shielding rainwater, and avoid the connection piece W4 from being directly washed by rainwater and easily corroded and damaged. It is understandable that when
  • the shielding structure W322 is suitable for shielding at least the upper side and/or lateral sides of the connecting piece W4, which may include the following situations: 1.
  • the shielding structure W322 is suitable for shielding at least the upper side of the connecting piece W4; 2.
  • the shielding structure W322 is suitable for shielding at least the upper side of the connecting piece W4. At least shield the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4; 3.
  • the shielding structure W322 is suitable for shielding at least the upper side and the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4.
  • the shielding structure W322 to cover at least the upper side and/or the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4, the connecting piece W4 is protected, which can prevent the operator from easily interacting with the connecting piece W4 during operation. Scratch, easy to operate, improve assembly efficiency and installation efficiency, and at the same time help to ensure the structural stability of the mounting bracket 100, and to a certain extent, the shielding structure W322 can play a role in shielding rain; at the same time, the mounting bracket 100 has a simple structure and reliable support This facilitates the installation and fixation of the window type air conditioner 200, ensures the installation stability of the window type air conditioner 200, prevents the window type air conditioner 200 from easily falling from the window 2001, and facilitates the safe use of the window type air conditioner 200.
  • the connecting piece W4 is a screw or a bolt, but it is not limited thereto.
  • the mounting structure W321 is adapted to be detachably connected to the first connecting portion W11c through the connecting piece W4, which facilitates the disassembly and assembly flexibility of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the mounting structure W321 can also be non-detachably connected to the first connecting portion W11c through the connecting piece W4.
  • the shielding structure W322 includes a first eaves panel W3221 and a second eaves panel W3222.
  • the first eaves panel W3221 is located above the first connecting portion W11c.
  • One eaves W3221 can shield the upper side of the first connecting portion W11c
  • the first eaves W3221 can be adapted to shield the upper side of the connecting piece W4
  • there are two second eaves W3222 and two second eaves
  • the plates W3222 are respectively located on the lateral sides of the first connecting portion W11c, then the two second eaves W3222 can shield the lateral sides of the first connecting portion W11c, and the two second eaves W3222 can be suitable for shielding the connecting piece W4 The horizontal sides.
  • the first eaves W3221 and the second eaves W3222 it is convenient to realize the shielding of the upper side and the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4, which plays the role of protecting the connecting piece W4, and the first eaves W3221 And the second baffle W3222 has a simple structure and is easy to realize.
  • the mounting structure W321 includes a mounting plate W3211 extending in the vertical direction.
  • the mounting plate W3211 is located on the side of the first connecting portion W11c close to the room.
  • the support frame W11 When it is connected to the first connecting portion W11c, it is convenient for the support frame W11 to support the connection unit W3 to a certain extent, which is beneficial to quickly install the connection unit W3 to the support frame W11.
  • the mounting plate W3211 is adapted to be fixedly connected to the first connecting portion W11c through the connecting piece W4, and the mounting plate W3211 and the first connecting portion W11c are arranged reasonably so as to facilitate the quick insertion of the connecting piece W4 to realize the connecting unit W3 and the support frame W11 Connection.
  • the first connecting portion W11c is formed as a plate-like structure
  • the mounting plate W3211 is also formed as a plate-like structure
  • the first connecting portion W11c and the mounting plate W3211 can be arranged in parallel to facilitate the connection.
  • W4 connects the first connecting portion W11c and the mounting board W3211.
  • the shielding structure W322 includes a first eaves W3221 and a second eaves W3222, the first eaves W3221 and the mounting plate W3211
  • the upper edges are connected, the first eaves W3221 can extend in the inner and outer directions, and the first eaves W3221 is located above the first connecting portion W11c, the first eaves W3221 can cover the upper side of the first connecting portion W11c,
  • the first eaves W3221 can be suitable for covering the upper side of the connecting piece W4; there are two second eaves W3222, and the two second eaves W3222 are respectively connected to the lateral sides of the mounting plate W3211, each The second eaves W3222 can extend in the inner and outer directions, and the two second eaves W3222 are respectively located on the lateral sides of the first connecting portion W11c, then the two second eaves W3222 can block the transverse direction of the first connecting portion W11c.
  • the two second shielding eaves W3222 may be suitable for covering the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4.
  • the first eaves W3221 and the second eaves W3222 may be suitable for covering the lateral sides of the connecting piece W4.
  • the first eaves plate W3221 extends outward from the upper edge of the mounting plate W3211, then the first eaves plate W3221 is close to the side edge of the room and installed
  • the upper edge of the board W3211 is arranged flush in the inner and outer directions;
  • the second eaves W3222 extends outward from the side edge of the mounting board W3211, and the second edge of the second eaves W3222 close to the indoor side and the side edge of the mounting board W3211 They are arranged flush in the inner and outer directions, so that the second connecting portion W32 is roughly formed into a cover shape, ensuring the shielding effect of the shielding structure W322, and facilitating the realization that the entire second connecting portion W32 is formed by a single plate using a bending process, which facilitates shielding Processing of structure W322.
  • the side edge of the first eaves panel W3221 close to the room and the upper edge of the mounting plate W3211 can also be arranged non- flush in the internal and external directions, and the upper edge of the mounting plate W3211 is connected to the first eaves panel W3221 in the internal and external directions. Between the two ends of the upper.
  • the side edge of the second baffle W3222 close to the room and the side edge of the mounting plate W3211 can also be arranged flush in the inner and outer directions, and the side edge of the mounting plate W3211 is connected to the two sides of the second baffle W3222 in the inner and outer directions. Between ends.
  • the first connecting portion W11c extends upward from the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11, and the first connecting portion W11c is convenient to be folded by the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11. Bending; the second connecting portion W32 is located above the support frame W11, and the connecting rod W31 is located on the side of the second connecting portion W32 close to the room.
  • the operator can fit the connecting unit W3 to the support frame W11 from the inside to the outside and from top to bottom, which is convenient for operation and facilitates the support of the support frame W11 to the connection unit W3, so that there is no need to set additional limits during the assembly process. Device, or there is no need to hold the connection unit W3 for a long time, which further improves the assembly efficiency.
  • the connection unit W3 may be spaced apart from the window air conditioner 200 in the inner and outer directions.
  • the first connecting portion W11c when the first connecting portion W11c extends upward from the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11, the first connecting portion W11c can also be formed by bending the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11, and the second connecting portion W32 Located above the support frame W11, the connecting rod W31 may also be located on the side of the second connecting portion W32 away from the room.
  • first connecting portion W11c may also extend downward from the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11, or the outdoor end W11d of the support frame W11 is connected between the upper and lower ends of the first connecting portion W11c.
  • the connecting rod W31 includes a top plate W311, two side plates W312 connected below the top plate W311, and at least two reinforcing plates W313, the top plate W311 and the reinforcing plate W313 can both be connected Below the top plate W311, the top plate W311 is supported on multiple support frames W11.
  • the two side plates W312 are respectively located on the lateral sides of the multiple support units W1.
  • the reinforcing plate W313 is located between two adjacent support frames W11. To a certain extent, the reinforcing plate W313 is beneficial to realize the lateral limit of the connecting unit W3 and the support frame W11.
  • the connecting rod W31 has a simple structure, which is convenient to ensure the structural strength of the connecting unit W3 and the connection reliability of the multiple support units W1, and the multiple support frames W11 can cooperate with the top plate W311 and the two side plates W312 to form installation grooves. Two adjacent support frames W11 can be separated by a reinforcing plate W313, which is beneficial to improve the assembly efficiency of the connecting rod W31 and the multiple support frames W11.
  • the top plate W311 may extend in the lateral direction, the top plate W311 is supported on the upper surface of the plurality of support frames W11, and the two side plates W312 may be respectively located at the lateral ends of the top plate W311.
  • each side plate W312 can extend downward from the lateral end of the top plate W311, and the two side plates W312 can be respectively fitted to the lateral side surfaces of the two support frames W11 that are away from each other outside of the plurality of support frames W11, so that the top plate W311
  • the two side plates W312 and W312 may be roughly formed into a U-shaped structure, and the opening of the U-shaped structure is arranged downward.
  • the reinforcing plate W313 can be connected under the top plate W311. There are two reinforcing plates W313. The two reinforcing plates W313 are spaced in the inner and outer directions. Each reinforcing plate W313 extends downward from the end of the top plate W311 in the inner and outer directions, so that the top plate The W311 and the two reinforcing plates W313 are roughly formed into a structure with a cross-section of a bulge shape, which effectively improves the bending rigidity of the connecting rod W31 and ensures the reliable connection of the multiple support frames W11. Among them, the lateral length of the two reinforcing plates W313 can be equal or unequal.
  • the two side plates W312 can respectively abut against the lateral side surfaces of the two support frames W11 away from each other on the outer sides of the multiple support frames W11, so as to facilitate the realization of the connecting unit W3 relative to the multiple support frames W11 in the lateral direction.
  • the limit position is easy to operate.
  • At least one reinforcing plate W313 may be provided between two adjacent supporting frames W11, so that two adjacent supporting frames W11 can be separated by the reinforcing plate W313. It is convenient to realize the limitation or pre-limiting of the multiple support units W1 in the lateral direction.
  • the connecting rod W31 is an integral piece, so as to ensure the strength of the connecting rod W31 and simplify the assembly process; for example, the connecting rod W31 is formed by bending a single plate.
  • the connecting rod W31 and the plurality of second connecting parts W32 are integral parts, which saves the connecting process between the connecting rod W31 and the plurality of second connecting parts W32. It is beneficial to improve the processing efficiency of the connecting unit W3, and at the same time, it is convenient to ensure a reliable connection between the connecting rod W31 and the second connecting portion W32.
  • the connecting rod W31 and the plurality of second connecting portions W32 may be formed from a single plate using a bending process, that is, the single plate is bent to form the connecting rod W31 and the plurality of second connecting parts W31.
  • the processing procedure of the connection unit W3 is simple and the cost is low.
  • the connecting unit W3 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the connecting unit W3 and improve the installation efficiency of the mounting bracket 100; for example, the connecting unit W3 is formed as a bent piece and is connected The unit W3 is formed by bending a single plate.
  • the connecting unit W3 can also be formed as a separate piece, in which case the components of the connecting unit W3 can be connected by means of assembly.
  • the support frame W11 is adapted to pass through the window 2001, so that a part of the support frame W11 is suitable for being installed indoors, then the support frame W11 also includes a second part W11b, and the second part W11b is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes a positioning unit W2, the positioning unit W2 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the positioning unit W2 is connected to the indoor part of the support frame W11, such as the second part W11b of the support frame W11, and the positioning unit W2 is suitable for connecting the window 2001 and /Or the positioning and matching of the window frame 2002 facilitates the stable installation of the support unit W1 at the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit W2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 to facilitate the stable installation of the positioning unit W2 on the wall 2000, and the support frame W11 of each support unit W1 extends indoors, and the support frame W11 of each support unit W1
  • the second part W11b is all connected with the positioning unit W2, which realizes the stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the positioning unit W2 can also be positioned and matched with the window frame 2002 at the window 2001, or the positioning unit W2 can be positioned and matched with the window 2001 and the window frame 2002, which can also achieve stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the length of the second part W11b of the support frame W11 may be smaller than the length of the first part W11a of the support frame W11 in the inner and outer directions, so that the setting of the mounting bracket 100 matches the center of gravity of the window air conditioner 200. Ensure the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the support frame W11 can also be all set outdoors; at this time, when the mounting bracket 100 includes the positioning unit W2, at least part of the positioning unit W2 is suitable for being set indoors, and the positioning unit W2 and The support frame W11 is directly or indirectly connected.
  • a connecting section may be provided between the positioning unit W2 and the supporting frame W11, and the connecting sections are respectively connected to the positioning unit W2 and the supporting frame W11, so that the positioning unit W2 is connected to the supporting frame. W11 is connected; when the positioning unit W2 is directly connected to the support frame W11, a part of the positioning unit W2 can be extended outdoors to connect with the support frame W11; but it is not limited to this.
  • the positioning unit W2 includes a main frame W21 extending in the transverse direction, the support frame W11 is supported above the main frame W21, and the support frame W11 includes a support plate W111 and a lateral two of the support plate W111.
  • the flange portion W112 extending from the side downward, the indoor end 11e of the support plate W111 has a sink groove W1110 that is recessed downward, and the sink groove W1110 is formed by recessing the upper surface of the support plate W111.
  • the bottom wall is supported on the upper surface of the main frame W21, and the bottom wall of the sink groove W1110 is adapted to be fixedly connected to the main frame W21 through a connecting piece W4.
  • the support frame W11 has good deformability, thereby
  • the connecting piece 11 fixes the bottom wall of the sink W1110 and the main frame W21, the supporting frame W11 can be deformed to a certain extent, so that the supporting frame W11, the main frame W21 and the connecting piece W4 are more closely connected, and it is convenient to ensure that the supporting frame W11 and the main frame W21 are connected more closely.
  • connection is more reliable; and the sink W1110 can accommodate the connecting piece W4 to prevent the connecting piece W4 from being exposed, which can prevent the user from scratching with the connecting piece W4, causing the user to be injured or the connecting piece W4 loose, etc., which is beneficial to ensure the structure of the mounting bracket 100 stable.
  • each support unit W1 further includes a support leg W12, the support leg W12 is suitable for being set outdoors, and the upper end of the support leg W12 is connected to The outdoor part of the support frame W11, such as the first part W11a of the support frame W11, is connected.
  • the lower end of the support leg W12 is adapted to directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg W12 can support the support frame W11. It is beneficial to improve the stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the supporting legs W12 and the supporting frame W11 can be arranged at an angle to each other, so that the supporting unit W1 and the wall 2000 can jointly construct a stable supporting pattern, such as a triangle, to ensure the structural stability of the supporting unit W1.
  • the lower end of the supporting leg W12 may be provided with a supporting foot W13, and the supporting foot W13 is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, so that The lower end of the support leg W12 indirectly abuts the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000; at this time, it is convenient to ensure that there is sufficient support area between the support leg W13 and the wall 2000, for example, the support leg 12 and the wall 2000 are in plane contact , It is ensured that the supporting leg W12 stably supports the supporting frame W11, and at the same time, the structure of the supporting leg W12 is simplified.
  • the supporting foot W13 includes a body part W131 and an outer part W132.
  • the body part W131 is mounted on the support leg W12, and the outer part W132 is wrapped around the body part W131.
  • the support foot W13 is adapted to pass through the outer part W132 and the wall 2000.
  • the outer wall surface R abuts.
  • the body part W131 is a sheet metal part
  • the outer part W132 is a rubber part.
  • the support frame W11 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the support frame W11 and improve the installation efficiency of the mounting frame 100; for example, the support frame W11 is formed as a bent piece, and the support frame The whole W11 is formed by bending a veneer.
  • the support frame W11 may also be formed as a separate piece.
  • the support frame W11 may include multiple support pieces, and the multiple support pieces are connected by means of assembly.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes a support unit X1, the support unit X1 is suitable for passing through the window 2001 in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front-to-rear direction in Fig. 11), and supports At least a part of the unit X1 located outdoors is adapted to abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, so that the wall 2000 supports the support unit X1, which is convenient to ensure the support reliability of the support unit X1.
  • the supporting unit X1 may be one or more; when the mounting bracket 100 includes multiple supporting units X1, it is beneficial to improve the structural strength and structural stability of the mounting bracket 100, and ensure that the mounting bracket 100 is sufficient for the window air conditioner 200 Support strength.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a positioning unit X2, the positioning unit X2 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the positioning unit X2 is connected to the indoor part of the supporting unit X1, then the supporting unit X1 It may include an outdoor part suitable for being placed outdoors and an indoor part suitable for being placed indoors.
  • the positioning unit X2 is connected to the indoor part of the supporting unit X1, and at least part of the outdoor part of the supporting unit X1 is adapted to abut against the outside of the wall 200. Wall surface R.
  • the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002, including the following situations: 1.
  • the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001; 2.
  • the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window frame 2002 3.
  • the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 and the window frame 2002. Therefore, it is convenient to realize that the positioning unit X2 is reliably installed at the window 2001, so as to facilitate the stable installation of the supporting unit X1 at the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit X2 when the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001, the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the wall 2000, and the positioning unit X2 may be suitable for positioning and cooperating with the bottom wall of the window 2001, for example, the positioning unit X2 can be positioned and cooperating with the window sill 2006. , Or the positioning unit X2 is aligned with the side wall of the window 2001. At this time, the positioning unit X2 can be spaced apart from the window frame 2002.
  • the positioning unit X2 can also abut against the window frame 2002; the positioning unit X2 is suitable for positioning with the window frame 2002
  • the positioning unit X2 may be adapted to position and cooperate with the lower edge of the window frame 2002, or the positioning unit X2 may be adapted to position and cooperate with the side edge of the window frame 2002.
  • the positioning unit X2 may be spaced apart from the wall of the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit X2 may also be placed on the wall surface of the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit X2 includes a main frame X21 and a plurality of sub-frames X22. Both the main frame X21 and the sub-frames X22 extend in the lateral direction (for example, the left-right direction in Fig. 11), and each sub-frame X22 can be connected to The main frame X21 is drawn and matched in the lateral direction, so that the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 can be adjusted, and the main frame X21 can be adapted to be positioned and matched with the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002.
  • the sub-frame X22 when the sub-frame X22 is fitted to the main frame X21, the sub-frame X22 can move laterally relative to the main frame X21 to change the lateral length of the sub-frame X22 and the main frame X21, thereby changing the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 .
  • the horizontal length of the suitable positioning unit X2 can be matched according to different window air conditioners 200, and the horizontal length of the suitable positioning unit X2 can be matched according to the size of different windows 2001, that is, the positioning unit X2 can be suitable for different sizes.
  • the window air conditioner 200 and the windows 2001 and window frames 2002 of different sizes improve the applicability of the mounting bracket 100, facilitate the realization of a good general effect of the mounting bracket 100, and facilitate the positioning of the window 2001 and/or the window 2001 and/or the positioning unit X2.
  • the force of the window frame 2002 is reasonable to avoid excessively concentrated force of the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002, thereby improving the installation reliability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • multiple sub-frames X22 can be replaced with the main frame X21, then the main frame X21 can be replaced with multiple sub-frames X22, and multiple sub-frames X22 can be used interchangeably, so that
  • the main frame X21 has good versatility, and at the same time, it is convenient to realize the different lateral length adjustment range of the positioning unit X2, which is beneficial to further improve the applicability of the positioning unit X2, and it is convenient to replace the corresponding sub-frame X22 according to actual needs, making the positioning unit X2 more Satisfy the actual demand for differentiation well.
  • one of the sub-frames X22 cannot be used normally, one of the other sub-frames 2 can be used instead, so that at least two of the multiple sub-frames X22 can form a backup with each other, which improves the redundancy of the positioning unit X2. Redundancy.
  • the lateral lengths of at least two sub-frames X22 are unequal.
  • the adjustment range of the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 formed is different, which is conducive to expanding the positioning unit X2.
  • the adjustment range of the lateral length improves the applicability of the positioning unit X2 again.
  • the lateral lengths of the two sub-frames X22 are unequal; when there are three sub-frames X22, the lateral lengths of at least two sub-frames X22 are unequal, then two of the sub-frames The horizontal length of X22 is not equal, or the length of the three sub-frames X22 are not equal.
  • the number of sub-frames X22 can also be more than three; for example, the sub-frame X22 can include multiple first sub-frames X22a and multiple second sub-frames X22b, and the lateral length of the first sub-frame X22a can be smaller than that of the second sub-frame X22b.
  • first sub-frame X22a and the second sub-frame X22b can be respectively fitted to the lateral sides of the main frame X21, but it is not limited to this.
  • two first sub-frames X22a can also be used. Respectively fit on the lateral sides of the main frame X21.
  • the lateral sides of the main frame X21 can be drawn to fit with the sub frame X22.
  • the lateral lengths of the sub frames X22 on the lateral sides of the main frame X21 can be unequal, which is convenient for making
  • the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2 reaches the minimum value.
  • the minimum value of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2 can be equal to the horizontal length of the main frame X21, or slightly larger than the horizontal length of the main frame X21; of course, the auxiliary frames on both sides of the main frame X21
  • the horizontal length of the frame X22 can also be equal.
  • the lateral length of the main frame X21 is 1000mm
  • the lateral lengths of two of the multiple sub-frames X22 may be 200mm and 800mm, respectively.
  • the two sub-frames X22 mentioned above are respectively fitted to the lateral sides of the main frame X21
  • the adjustable range of the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 can be approximately 1000mm ⁇ 2000mm.
  • the two sub-frames X22 with a lateral length of 800mm they are respectively fitted to the lateral sides of the main frame X21, which relatively reduces the lateral length of the positioning unit X2.
  • the maximum and minimum values of the positioning unit X2 make the minimum value of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2 closer to the horizontal length of the main frame X21, so to a certain extent, when the length of the main frame X21 is fixed, it is convenient for the positioning unit X2 to easily interact with the window 2001 and/or
  • the window frame 2002 is matched to fit all the windows 2001 as much as possible, which is beneficial to increase the utilization rate of the lateral length of the sub-frame X22, and avoid the excessively long lateral length of the positioning unit X2 relative to the window 2001, which may cause waste; moreover, relative to the two lateral
  • the sub-frames X22 each having a length of 200 mm are respectively fitted to the lateral sides of the main frame X21, which is convenient to relatively expand the adjustment range of the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 and improve the applicability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the lateral length of the main frame X21 is 1000mm
  • the lateral lengths of two of the multiple sub-frames X22 may be 500mm and 500mm, respectively, then the two sub-frames X22 mentioned above are respectively fitted to the lateral sides of the main frame X21
  • the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2 can be adjusted in a range of approximately 1000mm to 2000mm
  • the minimum value of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2 can be closer to the horizontal length of the main frame X21, so as to increase the utilization rate of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2.
  • the mounting bracket 100 is advantageous to expand the adjustment range of the lateral length of the positioning unit X2, making the mounting bracket 100 suitable For windows 2001 and window frames 2002 of different sizes, the applicability of the mounting bracket 100 is improved, and at the same time, it is convenient to realize the redundant setting of the sub-frame X22; moreover, it is convenient to make the minimum lateral length of the positioning unit X2 closer to that of the main frame X21.
  • the horizontal length is beneficial to improve the utilization of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2, ensuring that the mounting bracket 100 matches the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002, and realizing the reasonable use of the mounting bracket 100; at the same time, the mounting bracket 100 has a simple structure and reliable support. It facilitates the installation and fixation of the window type air conditioner 200, ensures the installation stability of the window type air conditioner 200, prevents the window type air conditioner 200 from easily falling from the window 2001, and facilitates the safe use of the window type air conditioner 200.
  • each sub-frame X22 includes a frame rod X221 and a gear rod X222.
  • the frame rod X221 extends in the transverse direction, and the frame rod X221 can be aligned with the main frame X21.
  • the gear lever X222 extends in the vertical direction, and the gear lever X222 is arranged at the lateral end of the frame lever X221, so that the gear lever X222 is suitable for abutting against the edge of the window 2001 and/or the edge of the window frame 2002.
  • the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 can be adjusted to be substantially the same as the lateral size of the window 2001, and the lever X222 can be adjusted to the side of the window 2001
  • the edge and/or the side edge of the window frame 2002 are beneficial to effectively disperse at least part of the force of the main frame X21 to the side edge of the window 2001 or the window frame 2002, and facilitate the enlargement of the positioning unit X2 and the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002
  • the matching area of the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002 is improved, and the installation reliability of the window air conditioner 200 is improved.
  • the shift lever X222 may extend vertically upward from the lateral end of the frame rod X221, and at this time, the above-mentioned lateral end of the frame rod X221 may be connected to the lower end of the shift rod X222.
  • the gear lever X222 can also extend vertically downward from the lateral end of the frame rod X221.
  • the above-mentioned lateral end of the frame rod X221 can be connected to the upper end of the gear rod X222; or, the lateral end of the frame rod X221 can also be connected Between the upper and lower ends of the gear lever X222.
  • the stop lever X222 includes a baffle X2221 extending in the transverse direction.
  • the baffle X2221 may be formed as a flat plate, and the thickness side surface of the baffle X2221 is suitable for contacting the window.
  • the edge of 2001 and/or the edge of the window frame 2002 is abutted, which is convenient for making the gear lever X222 and the edge of the window 2001 and/or the edge of the window frame 2002 have a larger abutment area, and lifting the gear lever X222 disperses the force of the main frame X21 Effect.
  • the shift lever X222 includes two baffles X2221, and the two baffles X2221 are spaced apart along the inner and outer directions.
  • the shift lever X222 also includes a connecting plate X2222, which is connected to The board X2222 extends along the inner and outer directions, and the connecting board X2222 connects two baffles X2221. Therefore, it is convenient to ensure the structural stability of the shift lever X222, and both baffles X2221 can be adapted to stop at the edge of the window 2001 and/or the edge of the window frame 2002, so that the shift lever X222 can be set on the main frame X21.
  • the gear lever X222 can be set on either end of the horizontal ends of the frame rod X221, so that the sub-frame X22 can be drawn and fitted to The main frame X21 is on either side of the horizontal direction.
  • two baffles X2221 can be arranged in parallel, the baffle X2221 and the connecting plate X2222 are both vertically arranged, and the connecting plate X2222 is connected to the center of the baffle X2221 away from the rack rod X221 One end of the shaft, so that the entire shift lever X222 is formed by bending a single plate.
  • the connecting plate X2222 may also be connected to the end of the baffle X2221 close to the center of the frame rod X221, or the connecting plate X2222 may be connected between the lateral ends of the baffle X2221.
  • the shift lever X222 is formed as an integral piece, for example, the whole shift lever X222 is formed by bending a single plate.
  • the connecting plate X2222 has a first connecting hole X2222a extending in the transverse direction.
  • the first connecting hole X2222a can penetrate the connecting plate X2222 in the thickness direction of the connecting plate X2222, and the connecting plate X2222 is suitable for Since it is fixedly connected to the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002 through the first connecting hole X2222a, it is beneficial to improve the installation stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the connecting plate X2222 is adapted to be connected with the side of the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002, for example, fasteners (screws, etc.) are inserted through At the first connecting hole X2222a and connected to the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002.
  • the connecting board X2222 may not be suitable for being fixedly connected to the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002.
  • the connecting board X2222 may be spaced apart from the window 2001 and the window frame 2002 in the lateral direction.
  • the frame rod X221 has a second connecting hole X221a extending in the vertical direction and/or a third connecting hole X221b extending in the inner and outer directions, which includes the following situations: 1. X221 has a second connecting hole X221a extending in the vertical direction; 2. The frame rod X221 has a third connecting hole X221b extending in the inner and outer directions; 2. The frame rod X221 has a second connecting hole X221a extending in the vertical direction. A third connecting hole X221b extending in the inner and outer directions.
  • the frame rod X221 has a second connecting hole X221a extending in the vertical direction
  • the second connecting hole 2221a can penetrate the frame rod X221 vertically, and the frame rod X221 is suitable for passing through the second connecting hole X221a and the window 2001 and/or window.
  • the frame 2002 is fixedly connected, which is beneficial to improve the installation stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the frame rod X221 is adapted to be connected to the bottom wall of the window 2001 and/or the lower edge of the window frame 2002, such as a fastener (screw Etc.) Pass through the second connecting hole X221a and connect to the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002.
  • a fastener screw Etc.
  • the multiple second connecting holes X221a are arranged at intervals along the lateral direction, which is convenient to prevent the second connecting hole X221a from being blocked when the positioning unit X2 adjusts the lateral length, so that the second connecting hole X221a The use of X2 will not be affected by the lateral length of the positioning unit X2.
  • the third connecting hole X221b can penetrate the frame rod X221 in the inner and outer directions, and the frame rod X221 is suitable for passing through the third connecting hole X221b and the window 2001 and/or window.
  • the frame 2002 is fixedly connected, which is beneficial to improve the installation stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the frame rod X221 is adapted to be connected to the bottom wall of the window 2001 and/or the lower edge of the window frame 2002, such as a fastener (screw Etc.) Pass through the third connecting hole X221b and connect to the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002.
  • a fastener screw Etc.
  • third connecting holes X221b there are multiple third connecting holes X221b, and the multiple third connecting holes X221b are spaced apart along the lateral direction, so as to prevent the third connecting hole X221b from being blocked when the positioning unit X2 adjusts the lateral length, so that the third connecting hole X221b
  • the use of X2 will not be affected by the lateral length of the positioning unit X2.
  • the frame rod X221 includes an indoor side wall surface 2211, an outdoor side wall surface 2212, and a connecting wall surface 2213.
  • the indoor side wall surface 2211 and the outdoor side wall surface 2212 are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the connecting wall surface 2213 is connected to the indoor side wall surface 2211.
  • the top of the frame rod X221 is opened, so that the cross section of the frame rod X221 is formed in a square shape; the connecting wall 2213 is formed with a plurality of second connections spaced apart in the transverse direction.
  • a plurality of third connecting holes X221b spaced apart in the lateral direction are formed on the indoor side wall surface 2211 and the outdoor side wall surface 2212, respectively, and the plurality of third connecting holes X221b on the indoor side wall surface 2211 are connected to those on the outdoor side wall surface 2212.
  • a plurality of third connecting holes X221b are arranged one by one inside and outside, and the fastener can pass through the third connecting hole X221b of the indoor side wall surface 2211 and the third connecting hole X221b of the outdoor side wall surface 2212 in sequence, and connect to the window 2001 and/or the window. Box 2002.
  • indoor side wall surface 2211 does not mean that it is located on the indoor side 2004, and "outdoor side wall surface 2212” does not mean that it is located on the outdoor side 2005, but “indoor side wall surface 2211” is located on the "outdoor side wall surface 2212". The side facing the room.
  • the lower edge of the connecting plate X2222 is connected to the lateral end of the connecting wall surface 2213, and two baffles X2221 are located outside the indoor side wall surface 2211 and the outdoor side wall surface 2212, that is, one of the stoppers
  • the board X2221 is located on the side of the indoor side wall surface 2211 facing the room, and the other baffle X2221 is located on the side of the outdoor side wall surface 2212 facing outdoor. Therefore, it is convenient for the sub-frame X22 to be formed as an integral piece, for example, the whole sub-frame X22 is bent and formed by a single plate, which is convenient for processing the sub-frame X22.
  • the main frame X21 defines a chute X21a extending in the transverse direction and both ends of the transverse direction are open, and the frame rod X221 penetrates into the chute X21a to be transverse to the main frame X21. It can be drawn, and the sliding groove X21a can guide the horizontal movement of the frame rod X221 to a certain extent, which is convenient for the rapid adjustment of the horizontal length of the positioning unit X2.
  • the gear lever X222 is stopped outside the sliding groove X21a, so when the frame rod X221 is drawn laterally relative to the main frame X21, the gear lever X222 can always be properly outside the sliding groove X21a, so that the user can use the gear lever 221 to perform Pull operation.
  • the gear lever X222 can be stopped by the lateral end of the sliding groove X21a outside the sliding groove X21a, for example, on a plane perpendicular to the transverse direction, at least part of the orthographic projection of the gear lever X222 is located in the orthographic projection of the sliding groove X21a outer.
  • the gear lever X222 can also be blocked outside the sliding groove X21a in other ways.
  • the main frame X21 includes a main body section X211 and two end sections X212, and the two end sections X212 are respectively located at the lateral ends of the main body section X211.
  • the bottom surface of the main body section X211 is open, which is beneficial to reduce the contact area between the main body section X211 and the frame rod X221, reduce the friction between the frame rod X221 and the main body section X211, and improve the adjustment of the lateral length of the positioning unit X2. It is beneficial to weaken the abnormal sound caused by friction between the frame rod X221 and the main section X211, and the main section X211 is convenient to form an integrated piece.
  • the main section X211 can be bent and formed by a single plate; the bottom surface of the end section X212 is closed, then When the frame rod X221 penetrates the chute X21a, the frame rod X221 can be supported on the bottom wall of the end section X212 to ensure that the frame rod X221 and the main frame X21 are reliably matched, and the frame rod X221 is prevented from falling away from the main frame X21.
  • the bottom surface of the main body section X211 is open, and the top surface and the inner and outer sides of the main body section X211 are closed, so that the cross-section of the main body section X211 is formed in the shape of a corner; the side of the end section X212 facing the outdoors It is open, and the top surface, the bottom surface and the side facing away from the outdoor of the end section X212 are all closed, so that the cross section of the end section X212 is formed in the shape of a corner. Therefore, the main frame X21 has a simple structure and has a good supporting effect.
  • the main frame X21 can be formed as an integral piece.
  • the whole main frame X21 can be formed by bending a single plate to facilitate processing. Among them, " ⁇ " can be understood as a square with three sides.
  • any cross-section of the main frame X21 is tetragonal, which is beneficial to save the amount of material used for the main frame X21, reduce costs, and facilitate ensuring the bending rigidity and structural strength of the main frame X21.
  • the whole main frame X21 can be formed by bending a single plate, which is convenient for the processing of the main frame X21.
  • the indoor side wall surface X210 of the main frame X21 has a plurality of first positioning holes X21b spaced apart in the lateral direction, and the indoor side wall surface 2211 of the frame rod X221
  • the second positioning hole X221c and the first positioning hole X21b are both provided with a second positioning hole X221c on the outdoor side wall surface 2212 and the second positioning hole X221c and the first positioning hole X21b.
  • the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 is maintained at a certain value, and at the same time, it is convenient for the operator to adjust and fix the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 indoors.
  • the second positioning hole X221c and the first positioning hole X21b are adapted to be detachably connected by the connecting piece X4, and the second positioning hole X221c and any first positioning hole X21b are suitable for being connected by the connecting piece X4, then the second positioning hole X221c It is fixedly connected with the different first positioning holes X21b through the connecting piece X4, and the lateral length of the positioning unit X2 can be adjusted.
  • the connecting piece X4 is a screw, but it is not limited to this.
  • the sub-frame X22 includes at least a first sub-frame X22a and a second sub-frame X22b, and the frame rod X221 of the first sub-frame X22a and the second sub-frame X22b
  • a specific horizontal length value cannot match the window 2001 and the window frame 2002, and the horizontal length value
  • the lateral length of the first sub-frame X22a and the lateral length of the second sub-frame X22b may be equal or different.
  • the horizontal center position of the main frame X21 has an installation platform X213 suitable for installing the level 300, which is convenient for the installation of the level 300 and facilitates the horizontal installation of the mounting bracket 100. It helps to ensure the accuracy of the level 300. Therefore, during the installation process of the mounting bracket 100, the level 300 can be installed on the mounting platform X213 to measure the inclination angle of the main frame X21 relative to the horizontal direction, so as to realize the horizontal installation of the main frame X21, thereby facilitating the realization of the level of the mounting bracket 100. Installation ensures that the window air conditioner 200 is stably supported on the mounting bracket 100, and avoids the tilt of the mounting bracket 100 causing the window air conditioner 200 to have a downward trend.
  • the installation platform X213 may be formed as a flat plate structure, and the installation platform X213 may extend indoors from the lower edge of the main frame X21.
  • Mounting grooves 213a may be formed on both lateral sides of the mounting platform X213, and the mounting grooves 13a are suitable for clamping the bracket of the level 300 to facilitate stable installation of the level 300.
  • the supporting unit X1 is a plurality of supporting units X1 arranged at intervals along the lateral direction, and each supporting unit X1 is suitable for fixing and supporting the window air conditioner 200, which improves the structural strength and structure of the mounting bracket 100 The stability further ensures the reliable installation of the window air conditioner 200. It can be understood that the structure of the multiple supporting units X1 may be the same or different.
  • each support unit X1 includes a support frame X11, the support frame X11 extends in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front and rear directions in Fig. 11), and the support frame X11 is suitable for passing through In the window 2001, so that a part of the support frame X11 is suitable for being installed indoors and the other part is suitable for being installed outdoors, the support frame X11 includes a first part X11a and a second part X11b arranged in the inner and outer directions, and the first part X11a is suitable for Set outdoors, the second part X11b is suitable for being set indoors.
  • Each support unit X1 includes a support leg X12, the support leg X12 is suitable for being located outdoors, and the upper end of the support leg X12 is connected to the outdoor part of the support frame X11, such as the first part X11a of the support frame X11, and the lower end of the support leg X12 Suitable for directly or indirectly abutting the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, the support leg X12 can support the support frame X11, which is beneficial to improve the stability of the mounting bracket 100; the indoor part of the support frame X11 is, for example, the support frame X11
  • the second part X11b is connected to the main frame X21, and the main frame X21 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 and/or the window frame 2002, thereby realizing the stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the supporting legs X12 and the supporting frame X11 can be arranged at an angle to each other, so that the supporting unit X1 and the wall 2000 can jointly construct a stable supporting pattern, such as a triangle, to ensure the structural stability of the supporting unit X1.
  • the support frame X11 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the support frame X11 and improve the installation efficiency of the mounting bracket 100; for example, the support frame X11 is formed as a bent piece, and the support frame The whole X11 is formed by bending a veneer.
  • the support frame X11 may also be formed as a separate piece.
  • the support frame X11 may include multiple support pieces, and the multiple support pieces are connected by means of assembly.
  • the lower end of the support leg X12 may be provided with a support foot X13, and the support foot X13 is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, so that the lower end of the support leg X12 indirectly contacts the wall 2000.
  • the outer wall surface R abuts; at this time, it is convenient to ensure that there is sufficient support area between the support foot X13 and the wall 2000, for example, the support foot 12 and the wall 2000 are in plane contact, to ensure that the support leg X12 stably supports the support frame X11 , And at the same time help to simplify the structure of the support leg X12.
  • the supporting foot X13 includes a body part and an outer part.
  • the body part is mounted on the supporting leg X12, and the outer part is wrapped around the body part.
  • the support foot X13 is suitable for abutting against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000 through the outer part.
  • the body part is a sheet metal part
  • the outer part is a rubber part.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a connecting unit X3.
  • the connecting unit X3 is suitable for being located outdoors, and the connecting unit X3 is connected to a plurality of supporting units.
  • the outdoor parts of the support frame X11 of X1, such as the first part X11a, are connected to each other, which is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes at least one supporting unit Y1, that is, the mounting bracket 100 includes one or more supporting units Y1; when the mounting bracket 100 includes multiple supporting units Y1, it is beneficial to improve the structural strength of the mounting bracket 100 And structural stability, to ensure that the mounting bracket 100 has sufficient support for the window air conditioner 200.
  • the support unit Y1 includes a support frame Y11 and a support leg Y12, the support frame Y11 extends in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front-rear direction in FIG. 18), and at least part of the support frame Y11 is suitable for being set outdoors, then A part of the support frame Y11 is suitable for being set outdoors, or all the support frame Y11 is suitable for being set outdoors.
  • the support frame Y11 includes at least a first part Y11a, the first part Y11a is suitable for being set outdoors; the support leg Y12 is suitable for being set outdoors , The upper end of the support leg Y12 is connected to the outdoor part of the support frame Y11, and the lower end of the support leg Y12 is suitable for directly or indirectly abutting the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, the support leg Y12 can support the support frame Y11 It is beneficial to improve the stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11 can be arranged at an angle to each other, so that the supporting unit Y1 and the wall 2000 can jointly construct a stable supporting pattern, such as a triangle, to ensure the structural stability of the supporting unit Y1.
  • the two sides of the thickness of the wall 2000 are the indoor side 2004 and the outdoor side 2005, respectively.
  • the first part Y11a of the support frame Y11 and the support leg Y12 are both suitable for being arranged on the outdoor side 2005.
  • the outdoor part of the support frame Y11 for example, the first part Y11a of the support frame Y11 has a first limiting structure Y110, the upper end of the supporting leg Y12 has a second limiting structure Y120, the second limiting structure Y120 and the first limiting structure Y110 Limiting cooperation to limit the maximum included angle between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004, and avoid the rotation angle of the support leg Y12 relative to the support frame Y11 toward the direction away from the wall 2000 from exceeding the maximum included angle, such as the maximum clamp If the angle is ⁇ max , the second limiting structure Y120 and the first limiting structure Y110 are in position-limiting cooperation so that the angle ⁇ between the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004 does not exceed ⁇ max .
  • the supporting leg Y12 can make the supporting leg Y12 under the action of its own gravity through the limit cooperation of the first limit structure Y110 and the second limit structure Y120.
  • the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11 can be subsequently connected by a connecting fixing member (screw, etc.), but it is not limited to this.
  • the first limit structure Y110 and the second limit structure Y120 limit and cooperate, even when the connecting fixing member between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 is loose or even falls off , To a certain extent, the relative rotation between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 can still be restricted, so that the mounting bracket 100 can still stably support the window air conditioner 200, which further improves the support stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the second limit structure Y120 on the support leg Y12 to cooperate with the first limit structure Y110 on the support frame Y11, the maximum distance between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004 is limited.
  • the included angle is convenient to realize the limit of the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11 before the supporting leg Y12 is connected with the supporting frame Y11, which facilitates the subsequent connection of the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11, and is beneficial to improve the installation efficiency of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the support stability of the mounting bracket 100 is improved, the stable installation of the window air conditioner 200 is realized, and the window air conditioner 200 is prevented from easily falling from the window 2001, which is beneficial to realize the safe use of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the angle ⁇ between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004 can be understood as the included angle between the center line of the support leg Y12 and the center line of the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004.
  • the “angle ⁇ 'between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 facing away from the indoor side 2004” can be understood as the center line of the support leg Y12 and the center line of the support frame Y11 facing away from the indoor side 2004 ⁇ The included angle.
  • the specific value range of the maximum included angle is not limited and can be set according to actual requirements.
  • the maximum included angle may generally be an acute angle, but is not limited thereto.
  • the supporting leg Y12 in the example of FIG. 21, in conjunction with FIG. 43, the supporting leg Y12 is adapted to be arranged obliquely relative to the vertical direction, and the supporting leg Y12 has a tendency to rotate toward the vertical arrangement state under the action of its own gravity.
  • the maximum included angle ⁇ max between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004 can be an acute angle, so that the support leg Y12 can better abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg Y12 acts on its own gravity.
  • the first limiting structure Y110 and the second limiting structure Y120 it is convenient to keep the supporting leg Y12 in an inclined state, thereby facilitating the subsequent connection of the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11.
  • the support frame Y11 has two limiting slots Y1101 spaced apart in the transverse direction (for example, the left and right directions in FIG. 18), and each limiting slot Y1101 is Extending in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front-to-rear direction in FIG. 18), and at least part of the limiting groove Y1101 is suitable for being installed outdoors, a part of the limiting groove Y1101 is suitable for being arranged outdoors and the other part is suitable for being arranged indoors, Or all the limit slots Y1101 are suitable for being set outdoors (as shown in Fig. 18, combined with Fig. 43 and Fig. 45).
  • the lateral side of the limiting groove Y1101 is open as an opening Y1101a, and the other lateral side of the limiting groove Y1101 has a side wall Y1101b.
  • the limiting groove Y1101 is used as the first limiting structure Y110, and the support frame Y11 has two first limiting structures.
  • the position structure Y110 is convenient to ensure that the support frame Y11 is more balanced in the lateral direction.
  • the opening Y1101a may be respectively located on the side opposite to each other of the two limiting grooves Y1101, or the opening Y1101a may be respectively located on the same lateral side of the two limiting grooves Y1101.
  • the opposite sides of the two limiting grooves Y1101 are both open as an opening Y1101a.
  • the second limiting structure Y120 is assembled in the limiting slot Y1101 by the opening Y1101a.
  • the second limiting structure Y120 includes an upper limit portion Y1201 and a lower limit portion Y1202, an upper limit portion Y1201 abuts against the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101, and the lower limit part Y1202 abuts against the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit groove Y1101, so that the upper limit part Y1201 and the lower limit part Y1202 cooperate to further facilitate the support leg Y12 and the support frame.
  • the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 are limited, so that when the support leg Y12 is fitted to the support frame Y11, that is, the upper limit portion Y1201 abuts against the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101, and the lower limit portion Y1202 abuts On the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit slot Y1101, the support leg Y12 will not spontaneously rotate relative to the support frame Y11 in a direction away from the indoor side 2004 under the action of its own gravity, so that the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 can be fixedly connected.
  • the supporting leg Y12 can be arranged obliquely with respect to the vertical direction, and the maximum included angle ⁇ between the supporting leg Y12 and the supporting frame Y11 is toward the indoor side 2004 max can be an acute angle, the support leg Y12 has a tendency to rotate away from the indoor side 2004 relative to the support frame Y11, that is, the angle ⁇ between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 towards the indoor side 2004 has a tendency to increase; when the upper limit When the position part Y1201 abuts against the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101 and the lower limit part Y1202 abuts against the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit groove Y1101, the angle ⁇ between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 towards the indoor side 2004 can be If it is ⁇ max , the upper limit part Y1201 and the lower limit part Y1202 can limit the above
  • the relative positions of the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202 can be reasonably set.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202 can be reasonably set relative to each other in the inner and outer directions.
  • the maximum included angle of the side 2004 is such that the included angle ⁇ between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004 is ⁇ max under the gravity of the support leg Y12, and the support leg Y12 cannot face away from the indoor side 2004. Rotate in the direction to achieve a one-way limit. At this time, the supporting leg Y12 can rotate toward the direction near the indoor side 2004.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202 can also reasonably set the relative positions of the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202, so that the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202 cooperate not only to restrict the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 from facing the indoor side.
  • the maximum included angle of 2004 can also limit the maximum included angle between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 facing away from the indoor side 2004, so that the included angle ⁇ 'between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 facing away from the indoor side 2004 under its own weight when the support leg is Y12 ⁇ 'max, not toward the support leg Y12 rotational direction toward the interior side of 2004, to achieve two-way stopper.
  • the opposite sides of the two limit grooves Y1101 are both open as an opening Y1101a, and all the limit grooves Y1101 are suitable for being set outdoors. At least one end of Y1101 is opened in the inner and outer directions. At this time, the two limit grooves Y1101 can be roughly formed as guide rails, so that the second limit structure Y120 can be assembled into the limit groove Y1101 from the above-mentioned open end of the limit groove Y1101. And move to a suitable position along the extension direction of the limiting groove Y1101.
  • the second limiting structure Y120 can move along the extension direction of the limiting groove Y1101 to make the lower end of the supporting leg Y12 directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000.
  • the connection facilitates the assembly of the support frame Y11 and the support leg Y12, and facilitates the installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 and the lower limit portion Y1202 may be arranged at intervals along the up and down direction, so as to save the amount of materials.
  • the upper limit part Y1201 and the lower limit part Y1202 can also be arranged in a non-interval direction in the up and down direction.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 and the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101 may be in surface contact, and the lower limit portion Y1202 and the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit groove Y1101 may be in surface contact.
  • the upper limit part Y1201 and the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101 can also be in line contact.
  • the upper limit part Y1201 and the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101 can form multiple contact lines; the lower limit part Y1202 and The bottom wall Y1101d of the limiting groove Y1101 may also be in line contact.
  • multiple contact lines may be formed between the lower limiting portion Y1202 and the bottom wall Y1101d of the limiting groove Y1101; but it is not limited to this.
  • the support leg Y12 includes two leg side plates Y122 that are spaced apart along the lateral direction, and the lower limit portion Y1202 is provided at the upper end of the leg side plate Y122 to facilitate the lower limit portion Y1202 Assembled in the limit slot Y1101.
  • the lower limit part Y1202 is located on the side of the leg side plate Y122 close to the room, and when the lower limit part Y1202 abuts against the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit groove Y1101, the lower limit part Y1202 can restrict the support leg Y12 from facing away from the indoor side 2004 Rotating in the direction of, it is ensured that the second limit structure Y120 and the first limit structure Y110 are in position-limiting cooperation to limit the maximum included angle between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2002.
  • each leg side plate Y122 has a second limiting structure Y120
  • the supporting leg Y12 has two second limiting structures Y120
  • the two first limit structures Y110 on the frame Y11 correspond to limit fits.
  • the lower limit portion Y1202 extends laterally toward the side wall Y1101b of the limit groove Y1101, so as to facilitate the lower limit portion Y1202 and the bottom wall Y1101d of the limit groove 1102 Stop the arrival, in order to play a limiting role.
  • the opposite sides of the two limit grooves Y1101 are both open as an opening Y1101a, and the two leg side plates Y122 are located between the bottom walls Y1101d of the two limit grooves Y1101, and the lower limit
  • the position portion Y1202 may extend in the lateral direction to exceed the thickness surface of the leg side plate Y122 and to abut against the bottom wall Y1101d of the limiting groove Y1101.
  • the lower limit part Y1202 may extend laterally from the edge of the leg side plate Y122 close to the indoor side, and at this time, the edge of the leg side plate Y122 close to the indoor side and the lower limit part Y1202 on the side away from the limit slot Y1101
  • One side edge of the wall Y1101b is connected to facilitate the formation of the leg side plate Y122 and the lower limit part Y1202 as an integral piece.
  • the whole of the leg side plate Y122 and the lower limit part Y1202 can be formed by bending a single plate, which is convenient for the support leg Y12 processing.
  • edge of the leg side plate Y122 close to the indoor side can also be connected between the lateral ends of the lower limit part Y1202.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 includes a supporting surface Y1201a and a first extension Y1201b
  • the supporting surface Y1201a is the top surface of the leg side plate Y122
  • the first extension Y1201b extends from the upper end of the leg side plate Y122 toward the side close to the room
  • the first extension Y1201b is formed on the side of the leg side plate Y122 close to the room.
  • the supporting surface Y1201a may be formed as a flat surface, and the supporting surface Y1201a may be in surface contact with the top wall Y1101c of the limiting groove Y1101, so as to ensure a large stopping area between the supporting surface Y1201a and the top wall Y1101c. It is beneficial to improve the limit reliability of the upper limit part Y1201.
  • the upper surface of the first extension portion Y1201b may be formed as a plane, and the first extension portion Y1201b may be in surface contact with the top wall Y1101c of the limiting groove Y1101, which is convenient to ensure that the first extension portion Y1201b and the top wall Y1101c are in contact with each other.
  • the space has a larger stopping area, which improves the limit reliability of the first extension part Y1201b.
  • the first extension part Y1201b is arranged above the lower limit part Y1202 at intervals, which is beneficial to save the amount of materials and reduce the cost.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 may also include only the supporting surface Y1201a instead of the first extension Y1201b.
  • the upper end of the leg side plate Y122 may not need to be provided with the first extension Y1201b, and the supporting surface Y1201a and The cooperation of the lower limit part Y1202 can also limit the maximum included angle between the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 toward the indoor side 2004.
  • the upper limit portion Y1201 includes a support surface Y1201a and a first extension Y1201b.
  • the support surface Y1201a is the top surface of the leg side plate Y122.
  • the first extension portion Y1201b is approached from the upper end of the leg side plate Y122. If one side of the room extends, the first extension Y1201b is formed on the side of the leg side plate Y122 close to the room; and the lower limit portion Y1202 extends laterally from the edge of the leg side plate Y122 close to the indoor side, then the first extension Y1201b is formed on the side of the leg side plate Y122 close to the room.
  • An extension part Y1201b and a lower limit part Y1202 are both located on the side of the leg side plate Y122 close to the room, so the first limit structure and 110 second limit structure Y120 have a more flexible limit cooperation, which is convenient to realize support according to actual needs One-way limit or two-way limit of leg Y12.
  • the upper end of the leg side plate Y122 has a fourth connecting hole Y122a
  • the side wall Y1101b of the limiting groove Y1101 has multiple holes spaced apart in the inner and outer directions.
  • the side wall Y1101b of each limiting groove Y1101 of the supporting frame Y11 has a plurality of fifth connecting holes Y11c.
  • the fourth connecting hole Y122a is suitable for being fixedly connected with any fifth connecting hole Y11c through the connecting piece Y4, which can realize the position limitation of the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 in the inner and outer directions, so that at least the support leg Y12 is in the inner and outer directions.
  • the fourth connecting hole Y122a and the fifth connecting hole Y11c are adapted to be detachably connected by a connecting piece Y4, and the fourth connecting hole Y122a can be fixedly connected with a different fifth connecting hole Y11c through a connecting piece Y4, thereby adjusting the support leg Y12
  • the relative position of the support frame Y11 in the inner and outer directions makes the support unit Y1 suitable for walls 2000 of different thicknesses, which improves the applicability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the installation position is appropriately adjusted.
  • the relative position of the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 in the inner and outer directions can be adjusted, so that the support unit Y1 can carry the window air conditioner 200 more stably.
  • the connecting piece Y4 is a screw, but it is not limited to this.
  • the support frame Y11 includes a support plate Y111 and a mounting plate Y113.
  • the support plate Y111 extends in the inner and outer directions, and the support plate Y111 is adapted to be supported on the bottom of the window air conditioner 200 ,
  • the support plate Y111 constitutes the top wall Y1101c of the limit groove Y1101
  • the mounting plate Y113 constitutes the side wall Y1101b of the limit groove Y1101
  • the flange Y1131 constitutes the limit groove
  • the bottom wall Y1101d of Y1101, at this time, at least part of the cross-section of the support frame Y11 may be roughly formed in the shape of a corner. Among them, " ⁇ " can be understood as a square with three sides.
  • the support frame Y11 has a simple structure, good structural strength and bending rigidity, and the support frame Y11 is easy to be formed as an integral piece.
  • the support frame Y11 can be formed as a bent piece, and the support frame Y11 is entirely bent by a single plate. Forming, at this time, both the mounting plate Y113 and the flange Y1131 can be processed by the bending process, which facilitates the processing of the support frame Y11.
  • the mounting plate Y113 is suitable for being installed outdoors, and the limit slot Y1101 is suitable for being installed outdoors.
  • a part of the mounting plate Y113 may also be suitable for being set outdoors, and another part may be suitable for being set indoors, so that a part of the limiting groove Y1101 is suitable for being set outdoors and the other part is suitable for being set indoors.
  • the support unit Y1 further includes a support foot Y13, the support foot Y13 is connected to the lower end of the support leg Y12, and the support foot Y13 is suitable for being set outdoors to connect to the wall 2000
  • the outer wall surface R abuts, so that the lower end of the support leg Y12 indirectly abuts the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, which is convenient to ensure that there is a sufficient support area between the support leg Y13 and the wall 2000, and realize the stable support of the support leg Y12. It is beneficial to simplify the structure of the support leg Y12, and facilitate the realization of the support leg Y12 being formed as an integral piece.
  • the support leg Y12 and the wall 2000 are in plane contact, and the support leg Y12 and the support frame Y11 are arranged at an angle to each other, so that the support unit Y1 and the wall 2000 can jointly construct a stable support pattern, such as a triangle, to ensure the support unit Y1 is structurally stable
  • the support leg Y12 includes a leg panel Y121 and two leg side panels Y122 spaced apart along the lateral direction.
  • the leg panel Y121 is connected between the two leg side panels Y122,
  • the lower end of the leg panel Y121 has a second extension Y1211, and the second extension Y1211 is adapted to stop on the side of the support leg Y13 away from the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg Y13 can pass through and the support leg Y12.
  • Supporting the support leg Y12 can be achieved at the connection point of the support leg Y12, and the second extension part Y1211 can also be used to further limit and support the support leg Y12, which is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the support leg Y12.
  • the supporting leg Y13 includes a body piece Y131 and an outer covering piece Y132.
  • the body piece Y131 is installed on the supporting leg Y12.
  • the body piece Y131 can be installed on the two leg side plates of the supporting leg Y12. Y122, the outer package Y132 is packaged on the main body Y131, and the supporting leg Y13 is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000 through the outer package Y132.
  • the body member Y131 may not directly abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, which is convenient
  • the supporting foot Y13 is in close contact with the wall 2000, ensuring that the supporting foot Y13 and the wall 2000 abut reliably, and avoiding the supporting foot Y13 from sliding easily relative to the wall 2000.
  • the outer covering member Y132 covers a part of the outer surface of the main body member Y131, and the second extension portion Y1211 is adapted to stop at a side of the main body member Y131 away from the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000.
  • the body part Y131 is a sheet metal part
  • the outer part Y132 is a rubber part
  • the supporting unit Y1 further includes a supporting leg Y13, the supporting leg Y13 is connected to the lower end of the supporting leg Y12, and the supporting leg Y13 is suitable for being set outdoors to connect to the outside of the wall 2000.
  • the wall surface R abuts so that the lower end of the support leg Y12 indirectly abuts the outer wall surface R of the wall body 2000.
  • the lower end of the support leg Y12 has a second extension Y1211, and the second extension Y1211 is adapted to stop on the side of the support leg Y13 away from the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg Y13 can pass through and the support leg
  • the connection of Y12 realizes the support of the supporting leg Y12
  • the second extension part Y1211 can further realize the restriction and support of the supporting leg Y12, which is beneficial to further improve the supporting stability of the supporting leg Y12.
  • the two leg side plates Y122 of the supporting leg Y12 may also be connected by a plurality of connecting ribs, and the multiple connecting ribs may be spaced apart along the extension direction of the leg side plates Y122.
  • the support frame Y11 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the support frame Y11 and improve the installation efficiency of the mounting bracket 100; for example, the support frame Y11 is formed as a bent piece, And the whole support frame Y11 is formed by bending a single plate.
  • the support frame Y11 may also be formed as a separate piece.
  • the support frame Y11 may include multiple support pieces, and the multiple support pieces are connected by means of assembly.
  • the supporting leg Y12 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the supporting leg Y12; for example, the supporting leg Y12 is formed as a bent piece, and the supporting leg Y12 is formed as a whole by a single plate. .
  • the support frame Y11 is adapted to pass through the window 2001, so that a part of the support frame Y11 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the support frame Y11 also includes a first The two parts Y11b and the second part Y11b are suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a positioning unit Y2, the positioning unit Y2 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the positioning unit Y2 is connected to the indoor part of the support frame Y11, such as the second part Y11b of the support frame Y11, and the positioning unit Y2 is suitable for connecting to the window 2001 And/or the positioning and matching of the window frame 2002 provided at the window 2001 facilitates the stable installation of the supporting unit Y1 at the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit Y2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 to facilitate stable installation of the positioning unit Y2 on the wall 2000, and the second part Y11b of the supporting unit Y11 is connected with the positioning unit Y2 to realize the stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the positioning unit Y2 can also be positioned and matched with the window frame 2002 at the window 2001, or the positioning unit Y2 can be positioned and matched with the window 2001 and the window frame 2002, and stable installation of the mounting bracket 100 can also be realized.
  • the positioning unit Y2 may include a main frame Y21 and a plurality of sub-frames Y22. Both the main frame Y21 and the sub-frame Y22 extend horizontally, and each sub-frame Y22 can be drawn and matched with the main frame Y21 in the horizontal direction. In this way, the length of the positioning unit Y2 can be adjusted, so that the positioning unit Y2 can be applied to windows 2001 and window frames 2002 of different sizes.
  • multiple sub-frames Y22 can be interchangeably matched with the main frame Y21, and multiple sub-frames Y22 can be used interchangeably, so that the main frame Y21 has good versatility and facilitates the realization of different lateral length adjustment ranges of the positioning unit Y2, which is beneficial to further Improve the applicability of positioning unit Y2.
  • the length of multiple sub-frames Y22 can be equal or unequal.
  • the length of the second part Y11b of the support frame Y11 may be less than the length of the first part Y11a of the support frame Y11, so that the setting of the mounting bracket 100 matches the center of gravity of the window air conditioner 200. Ensure the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes a positioning unit Y2, at least part of the positioning unit Y2 is suitable for being set indoors, and the positioning unit Y2 and The support frame Y11 is directly or indirectly connected.
  • a connecting section may be provided between the positioning unit Y2 and the supporting frame Y11, and the connecting sections are respectively connected with the positioning unit Y2 and the supporting frame Y11 to realize the positioning unit 1 and the supporting frame.
  • Y11 is connected; when the positioning unit Y2 is directly connected to the support frame Y11, a part of the positioning unit Y2 can be extended outdoors to connect with the support frame Y11; but it is not limited to this.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a connecting unit Y3.
  • the connecting unit Y3 is suitable for being set outdoors, and the connecting unit Y3 is respectively connected to the outdoor part of the support frame Y11 of the multiple support units Y1, such as the first part Y11a, which is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes at least one supporting unit Z1, that is, the mounting bracket 100 includes one or more supporting units Z1; when the mounting bracket 100 includes multiple supporting units Z1, it is beneficial to improve the structural strength of the mounting bracket 100 And structural stability, to ensure that the mounting bracket 100 has sufficient support for the window air conditioner 200.
  • the support unit Z1 includes a support frame Z11, a support leg Z12, and a support foot Z13.
  • the support frame Z11 extends in the inner and outer directions (for example, the front-to-rear direction in FIG. 29). At least part of the support frame Z11 is suitable for being installed outdoors, then the support frame Z11 Part of the support frame Z11 is suitable for being set outdoors, or all the support frame Z11 is suitable for being set outdoors.
  • the support frame Z11 includes at least a first part Z11a, which is suitable for being set outdoors; the support leg Z12 is suitable for being set outdoors and supports The upper end of the leg Z12 is connected to the outdoor part of the support frame Z11, the support foot Z13 is suitable for being located outdoors, and the support foot Z13 is connected to the lower end of the support leg Z12.
  • the two sides of the thickness of the wall 2000 can be the indoor side 2004 and the outdoor side 2005, respectively.
  • the support frame Z11 can be along the thickness direction of the wall 2000 ( For example, the front and rear directions in Figures 43 and 45) extend to the outdoor side 2005 through the window 2001, the support frame Z11 at least includes a first part Z11a, the first part Z11a is located outdoors; the support legs Z12 and the support feet Z13 are both suitable for being installed in the room
  • the outer side 2005, and the upper end of the supporting leg Z12 is connected to the first part Z11a of the supporting frame Z11, the lower end of the supporting leg Z12 is connected to the supporting leg Z13, and the supporting leg Z13 is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000 to facilitate the supporting leg There is sufficient support area between Z13 and wall 2000.
  • the supporting legs 12 and wall 2000 are in plane contact, and the supporting legs Z12 and the supporting frame Z11 are arranged at an angle to each other, so that the supporting unit Z1 and the wall 2000
  • a stable support pattern such as a triangle can be jointly constructed to ensure the structural stability of the support unit Z1.
  • the supporting leg Z13 includes a body part Z131 and an outer part Z132.
  • the body part Z131 is installed on the supporting leg Z12, and the outer part Z132 is covered by the body part Z131.
  • the supporting foot Z13 is suitable for passing through the outer part.
  • the piece Z132 abuts against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and when the mounting bracket 100 is installed at the window 2001, the outer piece Z132 abuts against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the body piece Z131 does not contact the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000.
  • the wall surface R directly abuts.
  • the body part Z131 and the outer part Z132 can be flexibly arranged, such as selecting suitable materials and setting a reasonable structure, to ensure the reliable use of the supporting foot Z13, and to facilitate close contact between the supporting foot Z13 and the wall 2000 to ensure support
  • the foot Z13 is in reliable contact with the wall 2000 to ensure that the supporting foot Z13 is stably abutted against the wall 2000, and the supporting foot Z13 is prevented from sliding easily relative to the wall 2000.
  • the outer package Z132 can be wrapped on the outside of the body part Z131, the outer package Z132 can wrap the entire outer surface of the body part Z131, or the outer package Z132 can wrap part of the outer surface of the body part Z131 (as shown in Figure 30 ), it is only necessary to ensure that when the supporting foot Z13 abuts against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, the outer cover Z132 abuts against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the body part Z131 does not directly abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000 Just pick it up.
  • the main body part Z131 and the outsourcing part Z132 are positioned and matched through the positioning structure Z133 to ensure that the main body part Z131 and the outsourcing part Z132 cooperate reliably.
  • the supporting foot Z13 abuts against the wall 2000, it can be effective Reduce the displacement of the outer cover Z132 relative to the body part Z131, avoid the outer cover Z132 from sliding relative to the body part Z131, and further facilitate the avoidance of the support foot Z13 from sliding relative to the wall 2000, improve the support stability of the support foot Z13, and effectively avoid
  • the outer cover Z132 is prone to aging due to force sliding, which is beneficial to prolong the service life of the support foot Z13.
  • the positioning structure Z133 includes a positioning hole Z133a and a positioning protrusion Z133b matched with the positioning hole Z133a, which simplifies the positioning structure Z133, facilitates the processing of the positioning structure Z133, facilitates the realization of a good bearing capacity of the positioning structure Z133, and ensures reliable support of the supporting feet Z13.
  • the positioning hole Z133a may be formed on the body part Z131, and the positioning protrusion Z133b may be provided on the outer covering part Z132; or, the positioning hole Z133a may be formed on the outer covering part Z132, and the positioning protrusion Z133b may be provided on the body part Z131.
  • the first part Z11a of the support frame Z11 is set outdoors; the support frame Z11 is installed at the window 2001, and the support leg Z12
  • the supporting leg Z13 and the supporting leg Z13 are both set outdoors, the supporting leg Z13 abuts against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the supporting leg Z13 is located below the supporting frame Z11, and the supporting leg Z12 is connected to the first part Z11a and the supporting leg Z13 of the supporting frame Z11
  • the supporting legs Z12 extend obliquely with respect to the vertical direction, so that the supporting unit Z1 and the wall 2000 together form a triangular supporting structure, so as to achieve stable support for the window air conditioner 200.
  • the supporting foot Z13 is configured to include the body part Z131 and the outer cover Z132 that are positioned and matched through the positioning hole Z133a and the positioning protrusion Z133b, the support foot Z13 is connected to the wall 2000 through the outer cover Z132 when the mounting bracket 100 is in use.
  • the abutment of the outer wall surface R can effectively prevent the outer cover Z132 from sliding relative to the body part Z131, and prevent the support foot Z13 from sliding relative to the wall 2000, which improves the support stability of the support foot Z13 and effectively prevents the outer cover Z132 from being stressed. Sliding causes easy aging, which is beneficial to prolong the service life of the support foot Z13 and facilitate the maintenance of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the mounting bracket 100 has a simple structure, reliable support, and good installation stability, which facilitates the installation and fixation of the window air conditioner 200, ensures the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200, and prevents the window air conditioner 200 from being easily removed from the window 2001. Falling is beneficial to the safe use of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the edge of the positioning hole Z133a is formed into a closed figure, such as a circle, an ellipse, or a polygon, which helps to ensure that the positioning hole Z133a and the positioning protrusion Z133b cooperate reliably.
  • the positioning hole Z133a is formed as a square hole.
  • the edge of the positioning hole Z133a includes four sub-edges connected end to end.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the positioning protrusion Z133b matches the shape of the positioning hole Z133a, which is effective The positioning effect of the positioning structure Z133 is ensured, so that the outer package Z132 is not easy to slide relative to the main body Z131 in the up-down direction and the left-right direction.
  • the edge of the positioning hole Z133a can also be formed as a non-closed figure (that is, a gap is formed on the closed figure), such as a circle with a gap.
  • the positioning hole Z133a may be formed as a through hole (as shown in FIG. 32), or may be formed as a blind hole.
  • the positioning hole Z133a is formed on the body part Z131, and the positioning protrusion Z133b is integrally formed on the outer part Z132, so that the positioning protrusion Z133b and the outer part
  • the Z132 is formed as an integral piece, which is convenient to ensure the connection strength of the positioning protrusion Z133b and the outer package Z132, is beneficial to improve the bearing capacity of the positioning structure Z133, and ensures the reliable positioning and cooperation of the main body Z131 and the outer package Z132.
  • positioning protrusion Z133b can also be connected to the outer package Z132 by assembling means.
  • the positioning hole Z133a may also be formed on the outer package Z132, and the positioning protrusion Z133b is integrally formed on the main body Z131.
  • one or more sixth connecting holes Z1311a are formed on the body member Z131, and the connecting member Z4 is adapted to pass through the sixth connecting hole Z1311a and the outer covering member Z132.
  • the side of the sixth connecting hole Z1311a facing the wall 2000 is outsourced by the outer package Z132, and the outer package Z132 does not need to be processed for the perforation of the connecting member Z4, which simplifies the process and facilitates the assurance of the outer package Z132 It is reliable in use.
  • the outer part Z132 is not easy to expose the body part 132 to the wall 2000 due to the extrusion of the body part Z131, ensuring the outer part Z132's
  • the outsourcing effect is convenient to realize that the main body part Z131 does not always abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000 during use; but it is not limited to this.
  • the side of the sixth connecting hole Z1311a facing away from the wall 2000 may be covered by the outer package Z132 or not by the outer package Z132.
  • the side of the sixth connecting hole Z1311a facing away from the wall 2000 is not covered by the outer cover Z132, so that the position of the sixth connecting hole Z1311a is exposed to the field of vision of the operator, and the installation efficiency is improved. .
  • each sixth connecting hole Z1311a there are two sixth connecting holes Z1311a, and the two sixth connecting holes Z1311a may be spaced apart in the lateral direction (for example, the left-right direction in FIG. 33), and each sixth connecting hole Z1311a The side of the connecting hole Z1311a facing away from the wall 2000 is not covered by the outer cover Z132.
  • Each sixth connecting hole Z1311a is suitable for passing through the connecting piece Z4, and the connecting piece Z4 passes through the body part Z131 and the outer cover Z132 in order to make
  • the main body part Z131 is fixed to the wall 2000 to realize the fixing of the supporting foot Z13 and the wall 2000, thereby further ensuring the reliable fixing of the supporting foot Z13 and the wall 2000, and the number of connecting pieces Z4 is small, which is convenient to ensure the installation efficiency of the mounting bracket 100 .
  • the two sixth connecting holes Z1311a can also be arranged at intervals along the vertical direction.
  • the number of sixth connecting holes Z1311a may also be three or more, and a plurality of supporting units Z1 may be spaced apart along the lateral direction.
  • the connecting piece Z4 is a screw, but it is not limited to this.
  • each sixth connecting hole Z1311a is located on the side of the positioning structure Z133 away from the supporting leg Z12, and each sixth connecting hole Z1311a may be located on the side of the positioning structure Z133 away from the positioning structure Z133 and One side of the connection of the supporting leg Z12, to prevent the supporting leg Z12 from blocking the sixth connecting hole Z1311a or interfering with the installation of the connecting piece Z4, which is conducive to exposing the position of the sixth connecting hole Z1311a to the operator’s field of vision and operating space, which is convenient for the connecting piece
  • the installation of Z4 also facilitates the reasonable installation of the mounting bracket 100 by the operator.
  • connection between the positioning structure Z133 and the support leg Z12 is located above the positioning structure Z133, and the sixth connecting hole Z1311a is located below the positioning structure Z133, which facilitates the connection of the connecting piece Z4
  • the installation improves the installation efficiency of the installation bracket 100.
  • each sixth connecting hole Z1311a can also be located on the side of the positioning structure Z133 close to the supporting leg Z12. At this time, it is located to facilitate the installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the supporting leg Z12 can be set reasonably to expose the sixth connecting hole Z1311a. In the field of vision and operating space of the operator.
  • the multiple sixth connecting holes Z1311a may also be located on opposite sides of the positioning structure Z133, so that at least one sixth connecting hole Z1311a is located on the positioning structure Z133 away from the supporting leg Z12. One side, and at least one sixth connecting hole Z1311a is located on the side of the positioning structure Z133 close to the supporting leg Z12.
  • the body part Z131 includes a panel part Z1311 and a side plate part Z1312, the side plate part Z1312 is two, and two The side plate parts Z1312 are located on both sides of the panel part Z1311 in the lateral direction (for example, the left-right direction in FIG. 33), and the side plate parts Z1312 are connected to the supporting legs Z12.
  • the side plate part Z1312 can extend away from the wall 2000, thereby being connected to the supporting leg Z12 through the side plate part Z1312, which facilitates the connection of the supporting foot Z13 and the supporting leg Z12, and at the same time Since there are two side plate parts Z1312, the two side plate parts Z1312 both support the supporting leg Z12, so as to realize the effective and stable support of the supporting leg Z13 to the supporting leg Z12.
  • the support leg Z12 includes a leg panel Z121 and a leg side panel Z122.
  • the lower ends of the two leg side plates Z122 are correspondingly connected with the two side plate parts Z1312.
  • the two leg side plates Z122 may be located at the lateral outer side of the two side plate parts Z1312, so that the two side plate parts Z1312 are located between the two leg side plates Z122.
  • the lower end of the supporting leg Z12 is formed with two avoiding grooves Z120, the two avoiding grooves Z120 are arranged at a lateral interval, and each avoiding groove Z120 is composed of a leg panel Z121 and a supporting leg panel Z121.
  • the leg side plate Z122 defines, and the side plate portion Z1312 is correspondingly fitted into the avoiding groove Z120 to be connected with the corresponding leg side plate Z122.
  • the lower end of the leg panel Z121 has a stop part Z1211
  • the avoidance groove Z120 is defined by the stop part Z1211 and the leg side plate Z122, and the stop part Z1211 extends downward to be suitable for stopping at the wall away from the support foot Z13.
  • One side of the outer wall surface R of the body 2000 is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the support leg Z12.
  • the package Z132 includes an end face Z1321, an upper flanging part Z1322 and a lower flanging part Z1323.
  • the upper flanging part Z1322 and the lower flanging part Z1323 are respectively located in the longitudinal direction of the end face Z1321 (For example, the vertical direction in FIG. 33) at both ends, the end surface Z1321 covers the thickness side of the panel portion Z1311 (for example, the front side in FIG. 29).
  • the end surface Z1321 is located between the panel Z1311 and the wall 2000.
  • the upper flanging part Z1322 is connected to the longitudinal upper end of the end face Z1321, and the upper flanging part Z1322 is buckled to the other side of the thickness of the panel part Z1311 (for example, the rear side in FIG. 29), and the lower flanging part Z1323 is connected to the end face
  • the longitudinal lower ends of Z1321 are connected, and the lower flanging part Z1323 is flipped to the other side of the thickness of the panel part Z1311, the cross-sectional shape of the outer package Z132 can be roughly formed into a C shape, with the upper flanging part Z1322 and the lower flanging part Z1323
  • the end face Z1321 is tightly buckled with the panel part Z1311 to ensure that the outer part Z132 is stably wrapped in the body part Z131, and it is convenient to ensure that the positioning protrusion Z133b is reliably fitted to the positioning hole Z133a, and the upper flanging part Z1322 and the lower flanging part Z1323
  • the positioning hole Z133a is formed on the panel part Z1311, and the horizontal width of the positioning hole Z133a is greater than half of the horizontal width of the panel part Z1311. Since the positioning protrusion Z133b and the positioning hole Z133a are positioned and matched, the positioning protrusion The lateral width of Z133b is more than half of the lateral width of the panel part Z1311. Since the positioning structure Z133 mainly bears the vertical force, the bearing capacity of the positioning structure Z133 is further ensured.
  • the positioning protrusion Z133b is provided on the end face Z1321, then the positioning protrusion Z133b is provided on the side surface of the end face Z1321 facing the panel part Z1311, and the positioning protrusion Z133b is located at the center position between the upper end and the lower end of the end face Z1321 ,
  • the end face Z1321 can be divided into a first face and a second face.
  • the positioning protrusion Z133b is set corresponding to the first face, and the second face is arranged in a circle around the first face.
  • Both the first face and the second face It is suitable for abutting against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, so that the edge of the first face has a reasonable and balanced force, so as to ensure that the force of the positioning protrusion Z133b is more balanced; the positioning hole Z133a can also be located at the upper and lower ends of the panel part Z1311 The center position between the two positions helps to ensure the structural stability of the positioning hole Z133a and avoid the positioning hole Z133a from being easily deformed due to force.
  • the positioning protrusion Z133b is located at the center between the upper end and the lower end of the end face Z1321, including but not limited to, the center of the positioning protrusion Z133b coincides with the center of the end face Z1321; of course, the center of the positioning protrusion Z133b It can also deviate from the center of the end face Z1321. In other words, the distance between the positioning protrusion Z133b and the upper end of the end surface Z1321 and the distance between the positioning protrusion Z133b and the lower end of the end surface Z1321 are equal or different.
  • the side of the outer cover Z132 away from the main body Z131 has a plurality of grooves Z1321a spaced apart in the up and down direction, and the outer cover Z132 is in contact with the wall 2000.
  • the connecting side has a plurality of grooves Z1321a, and the plurality of grooves Z1321a are arranged at intervals in the longitudinal direction (for example, the up-down direction in FIG. 29), and each groove Z1321a may extend in the transverse direction (for example, the left-right direction in FIG.
  • each groove Z1321a is formed by a part of the surface of the outer covering Z132, so that when the outer covering Z132 abuts against the wall 2000, if the outer covering Z132 is set as a component with good elasticity, such as a rubber part, it can be further The deformation ability of the outer cover Z132 is improved, so that the outer cover Z132 and the wall 2000 abut more closely, and the outer cover Z132 is not easy to slide relative to the wall 2000, which is beneficial to prolong the service life of the outer cover Z132.
  • the body part Z131 is a sheet metal part, which is convenient to ensure the structural strength of the body part Z131, and at the same time facilitates the realization of the lightweight design of the body part Z131.
  • the outer cover Z132 is a rubber part. When the outer cover Z132 is in contact with the wall 2000, because the outer cover Z132 has good elasticity, the outer cover Z132 and the wall 2000 are in closer contact, which is beneficial to increase the support foot Z13 and the wall.
  • the force between the bodies 2000 makes it difficult for the supporting feet Z13 to slide relative to the wall body 2000, ensuring a stable position of the supporting feet Z13 to achieve stable support.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes two support units Z1 spaced apart along the lateral direction, and each support unit Z1 is used to fix and support the window air conditioner 200, which improves the mounting bracket 100.
  • the structural strength and structural stability ensure the reliable installation of the window air conditioner 200. It can be understood that the structure of the two supporting units Z1 may be the same or different.
  • the support frame Z11 is suitable for passing through the window 2001, so that a part of the support frame Z11 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the support frame Z11 also includes a second part Z11b.
  • the part Z11b is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a positioning unit Z2, the positioning unit Z2 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the positioning unit Z2 is connected to the indoor part of the support frame Z11, such as the second part Z11b of the support frame Z11, and the positioning unit Z2 is suitable for being connected to the window 2001 And/or the positioning and coordination of the window frame 2002 facilitates the stable installation of the support unit Z1 at the window 2001.
  • the positioning unit Z2 is suitable for positioning and cooperating with the window 2001 to facilitate the stable installation of the positioning unit Z2 on the wall 2000, and the support frame Z11 of each support unit Z1 extends indoors, and the support frame Z11 of each support unit Z1
  • the second part Z11b is all connected with the positioning unit Z2, which realizes the stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the positioning unit Z2 can also be positioned and matched with the window frame 2002 at the window 2001, or the positioning unit Z2 can be positioned and matched with both the window 2001 and the window frame 2002, which can also achieve stable installation of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the length of the second part Z11b of the support frame Z11 can be less than the length of the first part Z11a of the support frame Z11 in the inner and outer directions, so that the setting of the mounting bracket 100 matches the center of gravity of the window air conditioner 200, Ensure the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the support frame Z11 when the support frame Z11 is set at the window 2001, the support frame Z11 can also be all set outdoors; at this time, when the mounting bracket 100 includes the positioning unit Z2, at least part of the positioning unit Z2 is suitable for being set indoors, and the positioning unit Z2 It is directly or indirectly connected with the support frame Z11.
  • a connecting section may be provided between the positioning unit Z2 and the supporting frame Z11, and the connecting sections are respectively connected with the positioning unit Z2 and the supporting frame Z11 to realize the positioning unit Z2 and the supporting frame.
  • Z11 is connected; when the positioning unit Z2 is directly connected to the support frame Z11, a part of the positioning unit Z2 can be extended outdoors to connect with the support frame Z11; but it is not limited to this.
  • the support frame Z11 is formed as an integral piece to save the assembly process of the support frame Z11 and improve the installation efficiency of the mounting frame 100; for example, the support frame Z11 is formed as a bent piece, and the support frame Z11 is formed by bending a veneer.
  • the support frame Z11 may also be formed as a separate piece.
  • the support frame Z11 may include multiple support pieces, and the multiple support pieces are connected by means of assembly.
  • the mounting bracket 100 further includes a connecting unit Z3.
  • the connecting unit Z3 is suitable for being installed outdoors, and the connecting unit Z3 is connected to the supporting frame of the plurality of supporting units Z1.
  • the outdoor parts of Z11, such as the first part Z11a, are connected separately, which is beneficial to further improve the support stability of the mounting bracket 100.
  • the window type air conditioner assembly 1000 includes a window type air conditioner 200 and a mounting bracket 100.
  • the mounting bracket 100 is a mounting bracket for the window type air conditioner 200 according to the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application. 100.
  • the mounting bracket 100 is adapted to be installed at the window 2001 of the wall 2000, and the window air conditioner 200 is arranged on the mounting bracket 100.
  • the window air conditioner assembly 1000 adopts the above-mentioned mounting bracket 100, which facilitates the installation and fixation of the window air conditioner 200 and has high safety and reliability.
  • the window air conditioner assembly 1000 further includes a connecting assembly 400, and the connecting assembly 400 is suitable for connecting the mounting bracket 100 and the window air conditioner 200. Therefore, through the use of the above-mentioned connecting assembly 400, it is beneficial to improve the reliability of the connection between the mounting bracket 100 and the window air conditioner 200, further improve the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200, and ensure the use of the window air conditioner 200 Safety.
  • the mounting bracket 100 can exert a certain force on the window type air conditioner 200 through the connecting assembly 400, thereby preventing the window type air conditioner 200 from The part of 200 located indoors is subjected to the upper overturning force F1 and/or the lower overturning force F2, which causes the window air conditioner assembly 1000 to be loosely installed, which improves the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200 and further enhances the installation of the window air conditioner 200 Firmness.
  • the mounting bracket 100 can exert a certain force on the window type air conditioner 200 through the connecting assembly 400 to overcome at least part of the overturning force received by the window type air conditioner 200 F1, so that the window type air conditioner 200 is stably installed at the window 2001, preventing the window type air conditioner 200 from falling outside and hitting pedestrians; for example, when a child pushes down the window type air conditioner 200 indoors, install The bracket 100 can exert a certain force on the window type air conditioner 200 through the connecting assembly 400 to overcome at least part of the downward overturning force F2 received by the window type air conditioner 200, and prevent the window type air conditioner 200 from falling into the room and hitting children. .
  • the connecting assembly 400 to be suitable for connecting the mounting bracket 100 and the window type air conditioner 200, the installation stability of the window type air conditioner 200 is further improved, the anti-overturning ability of the window type air conditioner 200 is improved, and the window type The safe use of the air conditioner 200 avoids the unstable installation of the window air conditioner 200 due to the loosening of the mounting bracket 100.
  • connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the whole connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • each connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the installation location of the connection assembly 400 is not limited to indoors.
  • the multiple connecting components 400 may be arranged at intervals along the lateral direction.
  • the connecting component 400 may also be three or more than three.
  • the mounting bracket 100 includes a supporting unit 1, a positioning unit 2 and a connecting unit 3.
  • the supporting unit 1 is adapted to pass through the window 2001 in the inner and outer directions, and the supporting unit 1 is located at At least part of the outdoor is adapted to abut against the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, the positioning unit 2 is suitable for being installed indoors, and the positioning unit 2 is connected to the indoor part of the supporting unit 1, and the positioning unit 2 is suitable for the window 2001 and/ Or the window frame 2002 is positioned and matched, the connecting unit 3 is suitable for being installed outdoors, and the connecting unit 3 is connected to the supporting unit 1.
  • the connecting unit 3 may be spaced apart from the window type air conditioner 200 in the inner and outer directions.
  • the support unit 1 may include a support leg 12, and the lower end of the support leg 12 is adapted to directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg 12 can support the support frame 11, which is beneficial to the lifting and installation.
  • the stability of the support 100 may include a support leg 12, and the lower end of the support leg 12 is adapted to directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg 12 can support the support frame 11, which is beneficial to the lifting and installation.
  • the stability of the support 100 may include a support leg 12, and the lower end of the support leg 12 is adapted to directly or indirectly abut the outer wall surface R of the wall 2000, and the support leg 12 can support the support frame 11, which is beneficial to the lifting and installation. The stability of the support 100.
  • the positioning unit 2 includes a main frame 21 extending in the transverse direction, and the horizontal center of the main frame 21 has an installation platform 213 suitable for installing the spirit level 300 to facilitate the installation of the spirit level 300.
  • the window air conditioner 200 includes an indoor unit 201 and an outdoor unit 202 that are spaced apart along the inner and outer directions.
  • the indoor unit 201 and the outdoor unit 202 can be arranged separately, so that the housing of the indoor unit 201 and the outdoor unit 202
  • the two sides of the thickness of the wall 2000 are the indoor side 2004 and the outdoor side 2005, respectively.
  • the window 2001 is provided with a sash 2003.
  • the indoor unit 201 and the outdoor unit 202 define a space suitable for accommodating The accommodating space 200a of the sash 2003, the top of the accommodating space 200a, and the lateral sides of the accommodating space 200a (for example, the left and right sides in FIG. 45) are all open, and at least a part of the sash 2003 can extend into the accommodating space 200a.
  • the indoor unit 201 is located on the indoor side 2004 of the window sash 2003, and the outdoor unit 202 is located on the outdoor side 2005 of the window sash 2003.
  • the window sash 2003 can separate the indoor unit 201 from the outdoor unit 202, which can hinder the noise transmission of the outdoor unit 202 to a certain extent. Enter the indoor side 2004 to enhance the user experience, and the window air conditioner 200 has a flexible structure and is easy to install. There is no need to set up a window 2001 on the wall 2000 that matches the shape of the window air conditioner 200. Use the wall 2000 The window 2001 for installing the window can realize the installation of the window air conditioner 200, thereby reducing the installation requirements of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the window sash 2003 can be pushed and pulled in the up and down direction, the window sash 2003 can be completely located above the accommodating space 200a to ensure that the window 2001 has a sufficient ventilation area.
  • the window air conditioner 200 is installed on the window through the mounting bracket 100 In 2001, the sliding setting of the window sash 2003 will not affect the fixed installation of the window air conditioner 200, which facilitates the normal use of the window sash 2003.
  • the window air conditioner 200 includes a sealing assembly 203, which is adapted to be sealed between the bottom wall of the window 2001 and the lower end of the window sash 2003 to seal the window 2001 in
  • the gap between the window sash 2003 is convenient to ensure the sealing effect of the window air conditioner 200 installed at the window 2001.
  • the user can seal the sealing assembly 203 between the bottom wall of the window 2001 and the lower end of the window sash 2003 to prevent outdoor cold air from flowing into the room and affect comfort; at the same time, it can further effectively isolate the outdoor unit 202 The running noise.
  • the sealing assembly 203 is rotatably provided in the accommodating space 200a, and the sealing assembly 203 can be in the storage position (as shown in FIG. 41) and the sealing position (as shown in FIG. 45). Between rotation. Wherein, when the sealing assembly 203 rotates to the storage position, the sealing assembly 203 is stored in the accommodating space 200a, and when the sealing assembly 203 rotates to the sealing position, the sealing assembly 203 is sealed between the bottom wall of the window 2001 and the lower end of the window sash 2003.
  • the arrangement of the sealing assembly 203 is not limited to this.
  • the sealing assembly 203 can also be detachably arranged in the window air conditioner 200.
  • the window air conditioner 200 further includes a lock assembly 204, which is adapted to cooperate with the lock of the window sash 2003 to restrict the window sash 2003 from leaving the receiving space 200a, thereby realizing the effective locking of the window sash 2003 and preventing others from being caught. Open the window sash 2003 outdoors to effectively prevent theft and ensure the safety of the user's personal and property.
  • the lock assembly 204 can be switched between the first state and the second state. In the first state, the lock assembly 204 can be locked with the window sash 2003 to allow the window sash 2003 to extend stably. In the second state, the lock assembly 204 can be disengaged from the window sash 2003.
  • the window sash 2003 can leave the accommodation space 200a; wherein, the lock assembly 204 may include a lock member, and the lock member is in the first state.
  • the position and the second position are movable to realize the switching of the lock assembly 204 between the first state and the second state.
  • the specific structure of the lock assembly 204 can be specifically set according to actual applications. It is only necessary to ensure that after the installation of the window air conditioner 200 is completed, the lock assembly 204 can lock with the window sash 2003 to restrict the window sash 2003 from leaving the accommodation space. 200a is fine.
  • connection assembly 400 According to the present application, some embodiments of the connection assembly 400 according to the present application will be described.
  • the lower end of the connecting assembly 400 has a bottom support portion 10 for supporting the window sill 2006, so that when the bottom support portion 10 is supported on the window sill 2006
  • the window sill 2006 can exert a certain supporting force on the window air conditioner 200 through the bottom support part 10 to realize the support between the window air conditioner 200 and the window sill 2006, which is beneficial to further improve the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the safety and firmness of the window-type air conditioner 200 are further enhanced, and at the same time, it is convenient to reduce the load of the mounting bracket 100 and ensure that the mounting bracket 100 stably supports the window-type air conditioner 200.
  • the bottom support part 100 is suitable for supporting on a window sill 2006 located indoors, which is beneficial to improve the anti-dropping capability of the window air conditioner 200, that is, the window air conditioner
  • the indoor part of 200 can withstand a large downward overturning force F2.
  • the connecting assembly 400 can stably support the window air conditioner 200 to prevent the window air conditioner 200 from falling off easily. It hits children indoors; of course, the location of the connection assembly 400 is not limited to indoors.
  • connection assembly 400 has one or more bottom support parts 10.
  • the plurality of bottom support parts 10 may be arranged at intervals in the lateral direction (for example, the left-right direction in FIG. 37); but it is not limited to this.
  • lateral should be understood in a broad sense, not limited to the horizontal direction, that is, “lateral” is understood to not only include the horizontal direction ( For example, the left and right directions in Figs. 37 and 41) also include oblique directions at a certain angle with respect to the horizontal; similarly, the “vertical” mentioned later should also be understood in a broad sense, and is not limited to the vertical direction, that is, “Vertical direction” is understood to include not only the vertical direction (for example, the up-down direction in FIGS. 37 and 41), but also the inclined direction at a certain angle with respect to the vertical direction.
  • connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative height of the bottom support portion 10 and the bottom surface 200b of the window air conditioner 200 is adjustable, and the connection assembly 400 is configured to: Above, the distance between the bottom support portion 10 and the bottom surface 200b of the window type air conditioner 200 can be adjusted, so that the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, for example, window frames 2002
  • the bottom support portion 10 of the connecting assembly 400 can still be supported on the window sill 2006, so that the window sill 2006 is supported by the bottom
  • the part 10 exerts an appropriate supporting force on the window air conditioner 200, thereby effectively improving the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the connecting assembly 400 includes a third connecting portion 5 for connecting with the window air conditioner 200, and the connecting assembly 400 also includes a fourth connecting portion for connecting with the mounting bracket 100.
  • the connecting part 6, the connecting assembly 400 is configured such that the relative distance between the third connecting part 5 and the fourth connecting part 6 in the direction from indoor to outdoor is adjustable, so that the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and different sizes
  • the window air conditioner 200 improves the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400, so that the connecting assembly 400 can better meet differentiated needs.
  • the third connecting portion 5 is connected to the window type air conditioner 200 such that the third connecting portion 5 and the window type air conditioner 200 are oriented inward and outward (for example, in FIG. 37
  • the upper relative distance in the front-to-rear direction) can always remain unchanged
  • the fourth connecting portion 6 is connected to the mounting bracket 100, so that the relative distance between the fourth connecting portion 6 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions can always remain unchanged.
  • the connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative distance between the third connection part 5 and the fourth connection part 6 in the internal and external directions is adjustable, the connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative distance between the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the internal and external directions can be adjusted.
  • the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes, window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, and mounting brackets 100 of different sizes.
  • the size of the window air conditioner 200 is changed, so that the window air conditioner 200
  • the connecting assembly 400 can still connect the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100, thereby effectively improving the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the relative distance between the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions can be understood as the indoor end face of the window air conditioner 200 (for example, the front end face of the window air conditioner 200 in FIG. 41) and the mounting bracket
  • the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 are both suitable for being installed indoors, which facilitates the operator to adjust the connecting assembly 400 indoors.
  • the installation positions of the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 are not limited to indoors.
  • a locking member may be provided between the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6, and the locking member may be used to lock the distance between the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 in the inner and outer directions, so that the third The distance between the connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 in the inner and outer directions remains unchanged; when the distance between the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 in the inner and outer directions needs to be adjusted, the locking member can be unlocked to adjust the third connection The distance between the portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 in the inner and outer directions.
  • the connecting assembly 400 includes a first connecting piece 7, a second connecting piece 8 and a third connecting piece 9, and the first connecting piece 7 is suitable for connecting to a window type
  • the air conditioner 200 is connected
  • the second connecting piece 8 is suitable for connecting with the mounting bracket 100
  • the third connecting piece 9 connects the first connecting piece 7 and the second connecting piece 8.
  • connection mode between the first connecting member 7 and the window air conditioner 200, and the connection mode between the second connecting member 8 and the mounting bracket 100 can be specifically set according to actual applications.
  • the first connecting member 7 is detachably connected to the window air conditioner 200
  • the second connecting member 8 is detachably connected to the mounting bracket 100, but it is not limited to this.
  • the first connecting piece 7, the second connecting piece 8 and the third connecting piece 9 are all suitable for being installed indoors, which facilitates the installation of the connecting assembly 400 by the operator indoors.
  • the installation positions of the first connecting piece 7, the second connecting piece 8 and the third connecting piece 9 are not limited to indoors.
  • the lower end of the connecting assembly 400 has a bottom support portion 10 for supporting the window sill 2006.
  • the bottom support portion 10 may be formed at the lower end of the first connecting member 7 to ensure that the first connecting member 7 is effectively supported on the window sill 2006. Between the window type air conditioner 200 and the window type air conditioner 200, the safety of the window type air conditioner 200 is ensured.
  • the first connecting member 7 has a first strip hole 710 extending in the up and down direction, and the first strip hole 710 is suitable for passing through the first fastener 401 and If the window type air conditioner 200 is connected, the first fastener 401 can be inserted into the window type air conditioner 200 through the first strip hole 710 to connect the first connector 7 with the window type air conditioner 200;
  • the hole 710 extends in the up-down direction, and the connection position of the first fastener 401 and the first connecting member 7 is adjustable along the extending direction of the first strip-shaped hole 710.
  • the bottom surface of the first connecting member 7 is used to support the window sill 2006, and the bottom of the first connecting member 7 may be formed as the bottom supporting portion 10, so that the bottom surfaces of the first fastener 401 and the first connecting member 7 are in the up and down direction.
  • the distance can be adjusted through the first strip hole 710, so that the relative height of the bottom surface of the first connector 7 and the bottom surface 200b of the window type air conditioner 200 can be adjusted, that is, when the bottom surface 200b of the window type air conditioner 200 and the window sill 2006
  • the bottom surface of the first connecting member 7 can still be supported on the window sill 2006, and the first connecting member 7 can still be connected to the window air conditioner 200 through the first fastener 401, which is effective
  • the applicability and versatility of the connection assembly 400 are improved.
  • the third connecting member 9 is connected to the second connecting member 8 through the first strip hole 710, and the third connecting member 9 can be inserted through the second connecting member 8 through the first strip hole 710 to connect the first connecting member 7 is connected to the second connecting piece 8; since the first strip hole 710 extends in the up and down direction, the connection position of the third connecting piece 9 and the first connecting piece 7 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the first strip hole 710, then The connecting position of the second connecting piece 8 and the first connecting piece 7 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the first strip hole 710, which is convenient to ensure the reasonable force of the first connecting piece 7. For example, the third connecting piece 9 can be closer to the first connecting piece.
  • the provision of the fastener 401 is beneficial to reduce the torque between the first fastener 401 and the first connecting member 7. At the same time, there is no need to additionally process the connecting hole connected to the second connecting member 8 on the first connecting member 7, which is beneficial to simplify the processing procedures of the first connecting member 7.
  • the first strip-shaped hole 710 may be formed as an oblong hole, a rectangular hole, or the like.
  • the first strip hole 710 is suitable for being arranged indoors, so that the operator can adjust the connection position of the third connection piece 9 and the first connection piece 7 indoors, that is, adjust the second connection.
  • the location of the first strip hole 710 is not limited to indoors.
  • the second connecting member 8 has a second strip hole 810 extending in the inner and outer directions, and the third connecting member 9 is connected through the second strip hole 810.
  • the first connecting piece 7, the third connecting piece 9 can be inserted through the first connecting piece 7 through the second strip hole 810 to connect the second connecting piece 8 with the first connecting piece 7; due to the second strip hole 810 Extending in the inner and outer directions, the connecting position of the third connecting piece 9 and the second connecting piece 8 is adjustable along the extending direction of the second strip hole 810, and the connecting position of the first connecting piece 7 and the second connecting piece 8 is along the second The extending direction of the strip hole 810 can be adjusted.
  • the outer end of the second connecting member 8 is used to connect the mounting bracket 100, so that the relative distance between the third connecting member 9 and the outer end of the second connecting member 8 in the inner and outer directions can be adjusted, then the connecting assembly 400 is connected to the window
  • the relative distance between the window-type air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions can be adjusted between the window-type air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100, so that the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window-types of different sizes.
  • the air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 of different sizes.
  • the size of the window air conditioner 200 is changed, so that when the distance between the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions changes, the connecting assembly 400 can still realize the window
  • the type air conditioner 200 is connected to the mounting bracket 100, thereby effectively improving the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the second strip hole 810 may be formed as an oblong hole, a rectangular hole, or the like.
  • the second strip hole 810 is suitable for being arranged indoors, so that the operator can adjust the connection position of the third connecting piece 9 and the second connecting piece 8 indoors, that is, adjust the second connection.
  • the location of the second strip hole 810 is not limited to indoors.
  • the first connecting member 7 has a first strip hole 710 extending in the up and down direction
  • the second connecting member 8 has a second strip hole 810 extending in the inner and outer directions.
  • the first fastener 401 is penetrated through the window type air conditioner 200 through the first strip hole 710 to connect the first connector 7 with the window air conditioner 200, and the first fastener 401 is connected to the first connector 7
  • the connecting position can be adjusted along the extending direction of the first strip hole 710; the outer end of the second connecting piece 8 is used to connect the mounting bracket 100, and the third connecting piece 9 is connected through the first strip hole 710 and the second strip hole 810
  • the first connecting piece 7 and the second connecting piece 8, the connection position of the third connecting piece 9 and the first connecting piece 7 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the first strip hole 710, and the third connecting piece 9 is connected to the second
  • the connection position of the member 8 can be adjusted along the extension direction of the second strip hole 810, so that the connection position of the first connector 7 and the
  • connection assembly 400 can adjust the connection between the first fastener 401 and the first connector 7 Position; even if the distance between the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions changes, the connection assembly 400 can be adapted by adjusting the connection position of the third connection piece 9 and the second connection piece 8; and the third connection The connection position of the member 9 and the first connecting member 7 facilitates better improvement of the force of the first connecting member 7.
  • the first strip hole 710 and the second strip hole 810 are both suitable for being arranged indoors, and the extension direction of the first strip hole 710 and the extension direction of the second strip hole 810 The direction is vertical, so that the operator can adjust the connection position of the second connecting piece 8 and the first connecting piece 7 in the up-down direction and the inner-outer direction in the room.
  • the first connecting member 7 when the first connecting member 7 is formed with a first strip-shaped hole 710 extending in the up and down direction, the first connecting member 7 includes a first plate portion 71 and a bottom support plate portion 72 , The first plate portion 71 extends in the up and down direction, and the first strip hole 710 is formed on the first plate portion 71 to facilitate the arrangement of the first strip hole 710, wherein the first strip hole 710 can be along the first plate portion The thickness direction of 71 penetrates the first plate portion 71.
  • the bottom support plate portion 72 is connected to the lower portion of the first plate portion 71, and the bottom surface of the first plate portion 71 and the bottom surface of the bottom support plate portion 72 are both used to support the window sill 2006, which is beneficial to improve the support stability of the first connector 7.
  • the first A plate portion 71 can be used as an optional example of the third connecting portion 5 described above.
  • the third connecting portion 5 is not limited to this; for example, in other embodiments of the present application, the third connecting portion 5 may also be formed as a separate component. In other words, the third connecting portion 5 may be a separate component of the connecting assembly 400 or a part of a component of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the first plate portion 71 if the first plate portion 71 is arranged vertically, the first plate portion 71 has good bending rigidity, and the bottom support plate portion 72 is also vertically arranged, so the bottom support plate portion 72 also has good bending rigidity.
  • the bending rigidity is convenient to connect the first plate portion 71 and the bottom supporting plate portion 72, and at the same time, it is convenient to ensure the vertical bearing capacity of the first plate portion 71 and the bottom supporting plate portion 72.
  • the bottom support plate portion 72 further includes a second plate portion 721, the second plate portion 721 extends in the inner and outer directions, the second plate portion 721 can be arranged in the up and down direction, the second plate portion 721 Connected to the first plate portion 71.
  • the second plate portion 721 is connected to the indoor side 71a and/or the outdoor side 71b of the first plate portion 71, including the following situations: 1.
  • the second plate portion 721 is connected to the indoor side 71a of the first plate portion 71.
  • the second plate portion 721 can be formed by a part of the side surface of the first plate portion 71 facing indoors extending in a direction away from the outdoor; 2.
  • the second plate portion 721 is connected to the outdoor side 71b of the first plate portion 71, and the first plate portion 71
  • the second plate portion 721 may be formed by a part of the side surface of the first plate portion 71 facing the outdoors extending in a direction away from the room.
  • the second plate portion 721 is connected to the indoor side 71a and the outdoor side 71b of the first plate portion 71.
  • the second plate portion 721 can be two One of the second plate portions 721 is connected to the indoor side 71a of the first plate portion 71, and the other second plate portion 721 is connected to the outdoor side 71b of the first plate portion 71.
  • the indoor side 71a of the first plate portion 71 does not refer to the side of the first plate portion 71 located indoors, but refers to the side of the first plate portion 71 facing the room.
  • the first plate portion 71 The outdoor side 71b of the one plate portion 71 does not refer to the side of the first plate portion 71 located outdoors, but refers to the side of the first plate portion 71 facing the outdoors.
  • the first plate portion 71 and the second plate portion 721 can be roughly formed in an L-shape or a T-shape, which is beneficial to improve the lateral stiffness of the first connector 7 and ensure the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the bottom support plate portion 72 further includes a third plate portion 722, the third plate portion 722 is separated from the second plate portion 721 away from the first plate portion 71 One end extends in the transverse direction, and the bottom surface of the third plate portion 722 can also be used to support the window sill 2006, which further improves the supporting stability of the first connector 7.
  • the first plate portion 71 and the third plate portion 722 are respectively provided at opposite ends of the second plate portion 721, and the third plate portion 722 is away from the second plate portion 721 from the second plate portion 721.
  • One end of the plate portion 71 extends laterally.
  • the end of the third plate portion 722 in the lateral direction is connected with the end of the second plate portion 721 away from the first plate portion 71, so that the second plate portion 721 and the third plate portion
  • the 722 is roughly formed in an L shape, which effectively improves the lateral stiffness of the first connecting member 7 and ensures the support stability of the first connecting member 7, which is beneficial to improve the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200, so that the window air conditioner The 200 is stably supported on the window sill 2006 by the first connecting member 7.
  • the first connector 7 may be provided at the lateral end of the window air conditioner 200, and the third plate 722 may be away from the second plate 721 away from the first plate.
  • One end of 71 extends laterally toward the lateral center of the window type air conditioner 200, so that at least part of the third plate portion 722 can be located directly under the window type air conditioner 200, which is beneficial to further improve the lateral rigidity of the first connector 7. Ensure the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the third plate portion 722 may also extend from an end of the second plate portion 721 away from the first plate portion 71 in a lateral direction away from the lateral center of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the third plate portion 722 has a third strip hole 7220 extending in the transverse direction, and the third strip hole 7220 may be provided with a third fastener.
  • the three fasteners can be inserted into the window frame 2002 or the window sill 2006 through the third strip hole 7220 to connect the third plate portion 722 with the window frame 2002 or the wall 2000, which further improves the support stability of the first connector 7
  • the connection position of the third fastener and the third plate portion 722 can be adjusted along the extension direction of the third strip hole 7220, so that the connection assembly 400 is suitable for the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the lateral direction.
  • the third fastener may not be provided at the third strip hole 7220, and the third plate portion 722 may only be placed on the window sill 2006 to play a supporting role, which is also applicable to the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket
  • the relative position of 100 in the horizontal direction needs to be adjusted.
  • the third plate portion 722 may be spaced apart from the window 2002 in the inner and outer directions, so that the relative distance between the first connector 7 and the window frame 2002 in the inner and outer directions is relatively long. It is beneficial to improve the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the third strip hole 7220 may not be provided on the third plate portion 722 to simplify the processing procedure of the third plate portion 722.
  • the third strip hole 7220 may be formed as an oblong hole, a rectangular hole, or the like.
  • the second connecting member 8 when the second connecting member 8 is formed with a second strip-shaped hole 810 extending in the inner and outer directions, the second connecting member 8 includes a fourth The plate portion 81 and the fifth plate portion 82, the fourth plate portion 81 extends in the inner and outer directions, and the second strip hole 810 is formed on the fourth plate portion 81 to facilitate the processing of the second strip hole 810; the fifth plate portion 82 is connected to the outer end of the fourth plate portion 81, and the fifth plate portion 82 extends in the transverse direction.
  • the fifth plate portion 82 is used to connect the mounting bracket 100.
  • the fourth plate portion 81 and the fifth plate portion 82 can be roughly formed as The L-shaped structure or the T-shaped structure facilitates the connection between the second connecting piece 8 and the mounting bracket 100.
  • the fifth plate portion 82 can be used as an optional example of the fourth connecting portion 6 described above.
  • the fourth connecting portion 6 is not limited to this; for example, in other embodiments of the present application, the fourth connecting portion 6 may also be formed as a separate component. In other words, the fourth connecting portion 6 may be a separate component of the connecting assembly 400 or a part of a component of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the second connecting member 8 is an integral piece, for example, the second connecting member 8 is roughly formed in an L-shaped structure, and the second connecting member 8 is formed by bending a single plate as a whole, The processing of the second connecting member 8 is facilitated, which is beneficial to reduce the cost.
  • the second connecting member 8 further includes a connecting plate portion 83, which is connected between the fourth plate portion 81 and the fifth plate portion 82, and the connecting plate portion 83 It is arranged vertically, and the upper end of the connecting plate portion 83 is connected to the upper or lower side of the outer end of the fourth plate portion 81, and the side of the lower end of the connecting plate portion 83 facing the outdoors is connected to the lateral end of the fifth plate portion 82. It is beneficial to improve the vertical support stability of the second connecting member 8.
  • the second connecting member 8 may not include the connecting plate portion 83.
  • the fifth plate portion 82 may be directly connected to the end of the fourth plate portion 81 facing the outdoors, so that the second connecting member 8 is roughly formed in an L-shaped structure. Or T-shaped structure.
  • the second connecting member 8 may be provided at the lateral end of the window air conditioner 200, and the fifth plate 82 may be moved from the outer end of the fourth plate 81 in the lateral direction. Extending in a direction away from the lateral center of the window type air conditioner 200, it is convenient for at least part of the fifth plate portion 82 not to be located directly below the window type air conditioner 200, and for at least a portion of the fifth plate portion 82 to be located at the window type air conditioner At least part of the fifth plate 82 is located diagonally below the window air conditioner 200, compared to the fifth plate 82 located directly below the window air conditioner 200, so that at least the fifth plate 82 is located diagonally below the window air conditioner 200. Partly exposed to the operating space, it is convenient for the fifth plate portion 82 to be connected to the mounting bracket 100.
  • the fifth plate portion 82 has a fourth strip-shaped hole 820 extending in the transverse direction, and the fourth strip-shaped hole 820 is suitable for being installed with the second fastener 402. If the bracket 100 is connected, the second fastener 402 can be inserted into the mounting bracket 100 through the fourth strip hole 820 to connect the fifth plate portion 82 with the mounting bracket 100; since the fourth strip hole 820 extends in the transverse direction, The connection position of the second fastener 402 and the fifth plate portion 82 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the fourth strip hole 820, so that the connection assembly 400 can be adapted to the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the lateral direction. When the position needs to be adjusted, it is convenient for the connecting assembly 400 to be suitable for window air conditioners 200 of different sizes and mounting brackets 100 of different sizes.
  • the fourth strip hole 820 may be formed as an oblong hole, a rectangular hole, or the like.
  • the third connecting member 9 is a butterfly bolt 90, which is convenient for the operator's manual screwing operation, and is beneficial to improve the manual screwing efficiency. It is understandable that the butterfly bolt 90 facilitates frequent disassembly between the first connecting piece 7 and the second connecting piece 8, and facilitates the maintenance of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 can be connected by The assembly 400 can be detached and connected, which facilitates the flexible disassembly and assembly of the window air conditioner assembly 1000, and facilitates the maintenance of the window air conditioner assembly 1000.
  • the third connecting member 9 can also be other components that can connect the first connecting member 7 and the second connecting member 8, and is not limited to the butterfly bolt 90.
  • connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • connection assembly 400 as a whole is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • each connecting assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the installation location of the connection assembly 400 is not limited to indoors.
  • the connecting assembly 400 may also be configured to include the second connecting member 8 and the third connecting member 9, and not including the first connecting member 7 (for example, as shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46).
  • the second connecting member 8 is suitable for connecting with the mounting bracket 100 and the window air conditioner 200 respectively
  • the third connecting member 9 is suitable for connecting the second connecting member 8 and the window air conditioner 200 or is suitable for connecting The second connecting piece 8 and the mounting bracket 100.
  • the second connecting member 8 includes a fourth plate portion 81 and a fifth plate portion 82, the fifth plate portion 82 is connected to the mounting bracket 100, and the fourth plate portion 81 is connected to the window Type air conditioner 200 is connected, the fourth plate 81 is formed with a second strip hole 810, the second strip hole 810 extends in the inner and outer direction, the third connector 9 is suitable for connecting the second connection through the second strip hole 810 8 and the window air conditioner 200, the connection position of the third connector 9 and the second connector 8 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the second strip hole 810, so that the third connector 9 and the fifth plate portion 82 are in contact with each other.
  • connection assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, which improves the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the structure of the connection assembly 400 is not limited to this.
  • the connecting assembly 400 of the window air conditioner assembly 1000 is adapted to be connected to at least the window air conditioner 200, and the lower end of the connecting assembly 400 has a bottom support 10 for supporting the window sill 2006.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is suitable for connecting with at least the window air conditioner 200, which may include the following situations: 1.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is suitable for connecting with only the window air conditioner 200; 2.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is not only suitable for connecting with the window air conditioner 200 is connected, and the connecting assembly 400 is also suitable for connecting with other components other than the window air conditioner 200, such as the mounting bracket 100.
  • the window sill 2006 can exert a certain supporting force on the window air conditioner 200 through the bottom support 10 to realize the window air conditioner 200 and the window sill.
  • the support between 2006 is conducive to further improving the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 200, and further enhances the safety and firmness of the window air conditioner 200.
  • the connecting assembly 400 when the connecting assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors, the bottom support part 10 is suitable for supporting the window sill 2006 in the room, which effectively improves the anti-dropping capability of the window air conditioner 200. If a child presses down the window indoors When the air conditioner 200 is installed, the connecting assembly 400 can stably support the window air conditioner 200 to prevent the window air conditioner 200 from falling indoors and hitting children.
  • the installation stability of the window air conditioner 200 is further improved, the anti-overturning ability of the window air conditioner 100 is improved, and the safe use of the window air conditioner 200 is ensured.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is only connected to the window type air conditioner 200, and the connecting assembly 400 may be configured to include the first connecting piece 7 and the third connecting piece 9 described above, instead of the one described above.
  • the second connecting member 8 (the embodiment is not shown in the figure), the first connecting member 7 is adapted to be connected to the window air conditioner 200 through the third connecting member 9, and the bottom support portion 10 may be formed at the lower end of the first connecting member 7 .
  • the connecting assembly 400 when the connecting assembly 400 includes the first connecting piece 7 and the third connecting piece 9, but does not include the second connecting piece 8, the first connecting piece 7 may be formed with a first strip hole 710, and the first strip hole 710 can extend in the up and down direction, and the first strip hole 710 is located above the bottom support portion 10, and the third connector 9 is adapted to connect the first connector 7 and the window air conditioner 200 through the first strip hole 710, then
  • the connection position of the third connecting member 9 and the first connecting member 7 can be adjusted along the extending direction of the first strip-shaped hole 710, so that the relative height of the third connecting member 9 and the bottom support portion 10 in the up-down direction can be adjusted, thereby connecting
  • the assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, which improves the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • connecting components 400 there may be one or more connecting components 400; when there are multiple connecting components 400, the multiple connecting components 400 may be arranged at intervals along the lateral direction.
  • the connecting component 400 is not limited to this; the connecting component 400 may also be three or more than three.
  • connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative height of the bottom support portion 10 and the bottom surface 200b of the window air conditioner 200 is adjustable, and the connection assembly 400 is configured to: Above, the distance between the bottom support portion 10 and the bottom surface 200b of the window type air conditioner 200 can be adjusted, so that the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, for example, window frames 2002
  • the bottom support portion 10 of the connecting assembly 400 can still be supported on the window sill 2006, so that the window sill 2006 is supported by the bottom
  • the part 10 exerts an appropriate supporting force on the window air conditioner 200, thereby effectively improving the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • the connecting assembly 400 may include the first connecting piece 7 and the third connecting piece 9 described above, instead of Including the second connecting piece 8 (not shown in the figure) described above, the first connecting piece 7 is adapted to be connected to the window air conditioner 200 through the third connecting piece 9, and the bottom support portion 10 may be formed on the first connecting piece At the lower end of 7, a first strip hole 710 is formed on the first connecting piece 7, and the third connecting piece 9 penetrates the first strip hole 710 and is connected to the window air conditioner 200, thereby realizing the first connecting piece 7.
  • the connecting assembly 400 may further include the first connecting piece 7, the second connecting piece 8 and the third connecting piece 9 described above, and the bottom support portion 10 may be formed on the first connecting piece At the lower end of 7, the third connecting piece 9 connects the first connecting piece 7 and the second connecting piece 8.
  • the relative height of the bottom support 10 and the bottom surface 200b of the window air conditioner 200 can be adjusted in the same manner as described above.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is also connected to the mounting bracket 100 to further ensure that the window air conditioner 200 is firmly connected to the mounting bracket 100.
  • the connecting assembly 400 includes a third connecting portion 5 connected to the window air conditioner 200 and a fourth connecting portion 6 connected to the mounting bracket 100.
  • the connecting assembly 400 is configured such that the third connecting portion 5 and the fourth connecting portion 6 are The relative distance between the indoor and outdoor directions can be adjusted, so that the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes and window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, which improves the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400, making the connecting assembly 400 Better meet differentiated needs.
  • the third connecting portion 5 is connected to the window type air conditioner 200, so that the relative distance between the third connecting portion 5 and the window type air conditioner 200 in the inner and outer directions can always be kept constant.
  • the fourth connecting portion 6 is connected to the mounting bracket 100 so that the relative distance between the fourth connecting portion 6 and the mounting bracket 100 in the inner and outer directions can always be kept constant. Since the connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative distance between the third connection part 5 and the fourth connection part 6 in the internal and external directions is adjustable, the connection assembly 400 is configured such that the relative distance between the window air conditioner 200 and the mounting bracket 100 in the internal and external directions can be adjusted.
  • the connecting assembly 400 can be applied to window frames 2002 of different sizes, window air conditioners 200 of different sizes, and mounting brackets 100 of different sizes.
  • the size of the window air conditioner 200 is changed, so that the window air conditioner 200
  • the connecting assembly 400 can still connect the window air conditioner 200 to the mounting bracket 100, thereby effectively improving the applicability and versatility of the connecting assembly 400.
  • connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • connection assembly 400 as a whole is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • connection assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • each connecting assembly 400 is suitable for being installed indoors.
  • the installation location of the connection assembly 400 is not limited to indoors.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features.
  • the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features.
  • the terms “installed”, “connected”, “connected”, “fixed” and other terms should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection , Or integrated; it can be a mechanical connection, it can be an electrical connection, it can also be communication; it can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the interaction relationship between two components .
  • installed can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection , Or integrated; it can be a mechanical connection, it can be an electrical connection, it can also be communication; it can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the interaction relationship between two components .
  • the first feature “on” or “under” the second feature may be in direct contact with the first and second features, or the first and second features may be indirectly through an intermediary. contact.
  • the "above”, “above” and “above” of the first feature on the second feature may mean that the first feature is directly above or diagonally above the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is higher than that of the second feature.
  • the “below”, “below” and “below” of the second feature of the first feature may mean that the first feature is directly below or obliquely below the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is smaller than the second feature.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Other Air-Conditioning Systems (AREA)
  • Air Filters, Heat-Exchange Apparatuses, And Housings Of Air-Conditioning Units (AREA)

Abstract

一种用于窗式空调器(200)的安装支架(100)和窗式空调器组件(1000),安装支架(100)包括支撑单元(W1)和连接单元(W3),支撑单元(W1)包括支撑架(W11),支撑架(W11)沿内外方向延伸,支撑架(W11)的室外侧端部上具有沿竖向延伸的第一连接部(W11c),连接单元(W3)适于设在室外且与多个支撑单元(W1)分别相连。其中,第二连接部(W32)包括安装结构(W321)和遮挡结构(W322),安装结构(W321)适于通过连接件(W4)与第一连接部(W11c)固定相连,遮挡结构(W322)与安装结构(W321)相连且适用于至少遮挡连接件(W4)的上侧和/或横向两侧。窗式空调器组件(1000)包括窗式空调器(200)和所述安装支架(100)。所述安装支架(100)结构稳定、可靠,便于安装。

Description

用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请基于申请号为201922286733.7、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请;申请号为201922273415.7、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请;申请号为201922273412.3、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请;申请号为201922273159.1、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请;申请号为201911303245.0、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请以及申请号为201922294065.2、申请日为2019年12月17日的中国专利申请提出,并要求上述中国专利申请的优先权,上述中国专利申请的全部内容在此引入本申请作为参考。
技术领域
本申请涉及空调设备技术领域,尤其是涉及一种用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件。
背景技术
安装在墙体上的安装支架可以用于支撑窗式空调器等,以实现窗式空调器等的安装。相关技术中,安装支架的稳定性欠佳,安装较为复杂,且操作人员在操作过程中,易与安装支架的部件发生刮蹭,导致安装支架松动或操作人员受伤等。
发明内容
本申请旨在至少解决相关技术中存在的技术问题之一。为此,本申请提出一种用于窗式空调器的安装支架,所述安装支架结构稳定、可靠,便于安装。
本申请还提出一种具有上述安装支架的窗式空调器组件。
根据本申请第一方面的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,所述安装支架适于安装在墙体的窗口处,所述窗式空调器适于设置在所述安装支架上,所述安装支架包括:支撑单元,所述支撑单元为多个且沿横向间隔开,每个所述支撑单元均包括支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外,所述支撑架的室外侧端部上具有沿竖向延伸的第一连接部;以及连接单元,所述连接单元适于设在室外且与多个所述支撑单元分别相连,所述连接单元包括沿横向延伸的连接杆和设于所述连接杆上的多个第二连接部,多个所述第二连接部沿横向间隔开设置,以与多个所述第一连接部分别对应相连,其中, 所述第二连接部包括安装结构和遮挡结构,所述安装结构适于通过连接件与所述第一连接部固定相连,所述遮挡结构与所述安装结构相连且适用于至少遮挡所述连接件的上侧和/或横向两侧。。
根据本申请的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,通过设置遮挡结构以适用于至少遮挡连接件的上侧和/或横向两侧,起到了保护连接件的作用,可以避免操作人员在操作过程中,易与连接件发生刮蹭,便于操作、提升组装效率,同时有利于保证安装支架结构稳定,且在一定程度上,遮挡结构可以起到遮挡雨水的作用;同时,安装支架结构简单、支撑可靠,方便了窗式空调器的安装固定,保证窗式空调器的安装稳定性,防止窗式空调器易从窗口掉落,有利于实现窗式空调器的安全使用。
在一些实施例中,所述遮挡结构包括:第一挡檐板,所述第一挡檐板位于所述第一连接部的上方;和/或,第二挡檐板,所述第二挡檐板为两个且分别位于所述第一连接部的横向两侧。
在一些实施例中,所述安装结构包括沿竖向延伸的安装板,所述安装板位于所述第一连接部的靠近室内的一侧,且适于通过所述连接件与所述第一连接部固定相连。
在一些实施例中,所述遮挡结构包括:第一挡檐板,所述第一挡檐板与所述安装板的上边沿相连,且位于所述第一连接部的上方;第二挡檐板,所述第二挡檐板为两个且分别与所述安装板的横向两侧边沿相连,两个所述第二挡檐板分别位于所述第一连接部的横向两侧。
在一些实施例中,所述第一连接部由所述支撑架的室外侧端部向上延伸,所述第二连接部位于所述支撑架的上方,所述连接杆位于所述第二连接部的靠近室内的一侧。
在一些实施例中,所述连接杆包括:顶板、连接在所述顶板下方的两个侧板和至少两个加强板,所述顶板支撑在多个所述支撑架上,两个所述侧板分别位于多个所述支撑单元的横向两侧,所述加强板位于相邻两个所述支撑架之间。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑架适于穿设于窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内,所述安装支架包括:定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑架的位于室内的部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合。
在一些实施例中,所述定位单元包括沿横向延伸的主架,所述支撑架支撑在所述主架的上方,且包括支撑板和由所述支撑板的横向两侧向下延伸的翻边部,所述支撑板的室内侧端部上具有向下凹入的沉槽,所述沉槽的底壁支撑在所述主架的上表面上,且适于与所述主架通过连接件固定相连。
在一些实施例中,每个所述支撑单元还包括支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述 支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接与所述墙体的外壁面抵接。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑单元适于沿内外方向穿设于所述窗口,所述支撑单元的位于室外的至少部分适于抵接所述墙体的外壁面,所述安装支架还包括:定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑单元的位于室内的部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合,所述定位单元包括主架和多个副架,所述主架和所述副架均沿横向延伸,每个所述副架均可与所述主架沿横向抽拉配合,以使所述定位单元的横向长度可调节,其中,多个所述副架可替换地与所述主架配合,且至少两个所述副架的横向长度不等。
在一些实施例中,每个所述副架均包括架杆和档杆,所述架杆沿横向延伸,所述档杆沿竖向延伸,所述档杆设在所述架杆的横向一端。
在一些实施例中,所述档杆包括沿横向延伸的两个挡板,两个所述挡板沿内外方向间隔开设置,所述档杆还包括连接板,所述连接板沿内外方向延伸且连接两个所述挡板。
在一些实施例中,所述连接板上具有沿横向延伸的第一连接孔,所述架杆上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔和/或沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔,所述第二连接孔为多个且沿横向间隔开设置,所述第三连接孔为多个且沿横向间隔开设置。
在一些实施例中,所述主架内限定出沿横向延伸且横向两端均敞开的滑槽,所述架杆穿入所述滑槽以相对所述主架沿横向可抽拉,所述档杆止挡在所述滑槽外。
在一些实施例中,所述主架包括主体段和两个端部段,两个所述端部段分别位于所述主体段的横向两端,所述主体段的底面敞开,所述端部段的底面封闭。
在一些实施例中,所述主架的任意横截面均为匚形,所述主架的室内侧壁面上具有沿横向间隔开设置的多个第一定位孔,所述架杆的室内侧壁面和室外侧壁面上均具有第二定位孔,所述第二定位孔与所述第一定位孔适于通过连接件固定相连。
在一些实施例中,所述副架至少包括第一副架和第二副架,所述第一副架的架杆和所述第二副架的架杆的横向长度之和等于所述主架的横向长度。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑单元为沿横向间隔开设置的多个,每个所述支撑单元均包括支撑架和支撑腿,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸且适于穿设于所述窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内、另一部分适于设在室外,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接抵接所述墙体的外壁面,所述支撑架的位于室内的部分连接至所述主架。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑单元包括:支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外;支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,所述支撑腿的上端与 所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接与所述墙体的外壁面抵接,其中,所述支撑架的位于室外的部分具有第一限位结构,所述支撑腿的上端具有第二限位结构,所述第二限位结构与所述第一限位结构限位配合,以限制所述支撑腿与所述支撑架之间在朝向室内侧的最大夹角,避免所述支撑腿相对所述支撑架朝向远离所述墙体方向的转动角度超过所述最大夹角。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑架上具有沿横向间隔开设置的两个限位槽,每个所述限位槽均沿内外方向延伸,其中,所述限位槽的横向一侧敞开为敞口,所述限位槽的横向另一侧具有侧壁,所述限位槽作为所述第一限位结构;所述第二限位结构由所述敞口装配于所述限位槽内,所述第二限位结构包括上限位部和下限位部,所述上限位部止抵所述限位槽的顶壁,所述下限位部止抵所述限位槽的底壁。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑腿包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个支腿侧板,所述下限位部设于所述支腿侧板的上端且位于所述支腿侧板的靠近室内的一侧。
在一些实施例中,所述下限位部沿着横向朝向靠近所述限位槽的侧壁的方向延伸。
在一些实施例中,所述上限位部包括支撑面和第一延伸部,所述支撑面为所述支腿侧板的顶面,所述第一延伸部由所述支腿侧板的上端朝向靠近室内的一侧延伸。
在一些实施例中,所述支腿侧板的上端具有第一连接孔,所述限位槽的侧壁上具有沿内外方向间隔开设置的多个第二连接孔,所述第一连接孔适于与任一所述第二连接孔通过连接件固定相连。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑架包括:支撑板和安装板,所述支撑板沿内外方向延伸,且适于支撑在所述窗式空调器的底部,所述安装板为两个且分别连接所述支撑板的横向两侧下方,每个所述安装板的下端具有朝向另一个所述安装板翻折的翻边,所述限位槽限定在所述翻边、所述安装板和所述支撑板之间,所述支撑板构成所述限位槽的顶壁,所述安装板构成所述限位槽的侧壁,所述翻边构成所述限位槽的底壁。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑单元还包括:支撑脚,所述支撑脚与所述支撑腿的下端相连,所述支撑脚适于设在室外以与所述墙体的外壁面抵接,其中,所述支撑腿的下端具有第二延伸部,所述第二延伸部适于止抵在所述支撑脚的远离所述墙体的外壁面的一侧。
在一些实施例中,所述支撑单元包括:支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外;支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连;以及支撑脚,所述支撑脚适于设在室外,且所述支撑脚与所述支撑腿的下端相连,其中,所述支撑脚包括本体件和外包件,所述本体件安装于所述支撑腿,所述外包件外包于所述本体件,所述支撑脚适于通过所述外包件与所述墙 体的外壁面抵接,其中,所述本体件与所述外包件通过定位结构定位配合,所述定位结构包括定位孔和配合于所述定位孔的定位凸起。
在一些实施例中,所述本体件上形成有一个或者多个连接孔,连接件适于穿过所述连接孔和所述外包件固定于所述墙体的外壁面。
在一些实施例中,所述本体件包括:面板部和侧板部,所述侧板部为两个且位于所述面板部的横向两侧,所述侧板部与所述支撑腿相连,所述外包件包括:端面部、上翻边部和下翻边部,所述端面部覆盖在所述面板部的厚度一侧,所述上翻边部与所述端面部的纵向上端相连且翻扣至所述面板部的厚度另一侧,所述下翻边部与所述端面部的纵向下端相连且翻扣至所述面板部的厚度另一侧。
在一些实施例中,所述外包件的远离所述本体件的一侧具有沿上下方向间隔开设置的多条凹槽。
在一些实施例中,所述安装支架包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个所述支撑单元,所述支撑架适于穿设于所述窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内,所述安装支架包括:定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑架的室内部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合。
根据本申请第二方面的窗式空调器组件,包括:窗式空调器;和安装支架,所述安装支架为根据本申请上述第一方面的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,所述安装支架适于安装在墙体的窗口处,所述窗式空调器设置在所述安装支架上。
根据本申请的窗式空调器组件,通过设置上述第一方面的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,方便了窗式空调器的安装固定且安全可靠性较高。
在一些实施例中,所述窗式空调器组件还包括:连接组件,所述连接组件适于连接所述安装支架和所述窗式空调器。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件的下端具有用于支撑窗台的底支撑部。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件构造成:所述底支撑部与所述窗式空调器的底面的相对高度可调节。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件包括用于与所述窗式空调器相连的第三连接部,所述连接组件还包括用于与所述安装支架相连的第四连接部,所述连接组件构造成:所述第三连接部和所述第四连接部在从室内到室外方向上的相对距离可调节。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件包括第一连接件、第二连接件和第三连接件,所述第一连接件适于与所述窗式空调器相连,所述第二连接件适于与所述安装支架相连,所述第三连接件连接所述第一连接件和所述第二连接件,所述第一连接件上具有沿上下方向延伸的 第一条形孔,所述第一条形孔适于通过第一紧固件与所述窗式空调器相连,且所述第三连接件通过所述第一条形孔与所述第二连接件相连,所述第一连接件的底面用于支撑窗台;和/或,所述第二连接件上具有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔,所述第三连接件通过所述第二条形孔连接所述第一连接件,所述第二连接件的外端用于连接所述安装支架。
在一些实施例中,所述第一连接件上形成有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔时,所述第一连接件包括第一板部和底支板部,所述第一板部沿上下方向延伸,所述第一条形孔形成在所述第一板部上,所述底支板部与所述第一板部的下部相连,所述第一板部的底面和所述底支板部的底面均用于支撑窗台。
在一些实施例中,所述底支板部包括第二板部,所述第二板部沿内外方向延伸且连接在所述第一板部的室内侧和/或室外侧。
在一些实施例中,所述底支板部还包括第三板部,所述第三板部由所述第二板部的远离所述第一板部的一端沿横向延伸。
在一些实施例中,所述第三板部上具有沿横向延伸的第三条形孔。
在一些实施例中,所述第二连接件上形成有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔时,所述第二连接件包括第四板部和第五板部,所述第四板部沿内外方向延伸,所述第二条形孔形成在所述第四板部上,所述第五板部与所述第四板部的外端相连且沿横向延伸,所述第五板部用于连接所述安装支架。
在一些实施例中,所述第五板部上具有沿横向延伸的第四条形孔,所述第四条形孔适于通过第二紧固件与所述安装支架相连。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件适于设在室内。
在一些实施例中,所述窗式空调器组件还包括:连接组件,所述连接组件适于至少与所述窗式空调器相连,所述连接组件的下端具有用于支撑窗台的底支撑部。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件构造成:所述底支撑部与所述窗式空调器的底面的相对高度可调节。
在一些实施例中,所述连接组件还与所述安装支架相连,所述连接组件包括与所述窗式空调器相连的第三连接部、以及与所述安装支架相连的第四连接部,所述连接组件构造成:所述第三连接部和所述第四连接部在从室内到室外方向上的相对距离可调节。
本申请的附加方面和优点将在下面的描述中部分给出,部分将从下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本申请的实践了解到。
附图说明
本申请的上述和/或附加的方面和优点从结合下面附图对实施例的描述中将变得明显和容易理解,其中:
图1是根据本申请一个实施例的用于窗式空调器的安装支架的示意图;
图2是图1中圈示的F部的放大图;
图3是图1中所示的安装支架的另一个示意图;
图4是图3中所示的安装支架的局部示意图;
图5是图3中所示的安装支架的又一个示意图;
图6是图5中圈示的G部的放大图;
图7是图4中所示的安装支架的另一个示意图;
图8是图7中所示的安装支架的又一个示意图;
图9是图7中所示的支撑架与连接单元的装配示意图;
图10是图9中圈示的H部的放大图;
图11是根据本申请一个实施例的用于窗式空调器的安装支架的示意图;
图12是图11中所示的安装支架的另一个示意图;
图13是图11中所示的安装支架的又一个示意图;
图14是图13中所示的主架的示意图;
图15是图13中所示的其中一个副架的示意图;
图16是图13中所示的另一个副架的示意图;
图17是图13中所示的副架的示意图;
图18是根据本申请一个实施例的用于窗式空调器的安装支架的示意图;
图19是图18中圈示的I部的放大图;
图20是图18中所示的安装支架的另一个示意图;
图21是图18中所示的安装支架的又一个示意图;
图22是图18中所示的安装支架的再一个示意图;
图23是图22中圈示的J部的放大图;
图24是图22中所示的支撑腿的示意图;
图25是图24中圈示的K部的放大图;
图26是图25中所示的支撑腿的另一个局部示意图;
图27是图18中所示的安装支架的又一个示意图;
图28是图27中圈示的M部的放大图;
图29是根据本申请一个实施例的用于窗式空调器的安装支架的示意图;
图30是图29中圈示的N部的放大图;
图31是图29中所示的安装支架的局部示意图;
图32是图31中圈示的O部的放大图;
图33是图31中所示的安装支架的另一个的示意图;
图34是图33中所示的安装支架的再一个示意图;
图35是图33中所示的支撑腿和支撑脚的爆炸示意图;
图36是图35中所示的支撑腿和支撑脚的另一个爆炸示意图;
图37是根据本申请一个实施例的窗式空调器组件的示意图;
图38是图37中圈示的A部的放大图;
图39是图37中所示的窗式空调器组件的另一个示意图;
图40是图39中圈示的B部的放大图;
图41是根据本申请一个实施例的窗式空调器组件的安装示意图;
图42是图41中圈示的C部的放大图;
图43是图41中所示的窗式空调器组件的另一个安装示意图;
图44是图43中圈示的D部的放大图;
图45是根据本申请另一个实施例的窗式空调器组件的安装示意图;
图46是图45中圈示的E部的放大图。
具体实施方式
下面详细描述本申请的实施例,所述实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,旨在用于解释本申请,而不能理解为对本申请的限制。
下文的公开提供了许多不同的实施例或例子用来实现本申请的不同结构。为了简化本申请的公开,下文中对特定例子的部件和设置进行描述。当然,它们仅仅为示例,并且目的不在于限制本申请。此外,本申请可以在不同例子中重复参考数字和/或字母。这种重复是为了简化和清楚的目的,其本身不指示所讨论各种实施例和/或设置之间的关系。此外,本申请提供了的各种特定的工艺和材料的例子,但是本领域普通技术人员可以意识到其他工艺的可应用于性和/或其他材料的使用。
下面,参照附图1-图10,描述根据本申请第一方面实施例的用于窗式空调器200的安装支架100。
如图1所示,并参照图39、图41和图43,安装支架100适于安装在墙体2000的窗口 2001处,窗式空调器200适于设置在安装支架100上,窗式空调器200可以通过安装支架100设于窗口2001处,则安装支架100可以安装于墙体2000以用于固定和支撑设在窗口2001处的窗式空调器200。
如图1所示,安装支架100包括支撑单元W1,支撑单元W1为多个,且多个支撑单元W1沿横向(例如,图1中的左右方向)间隔开设置,每个支撑单元W1均用于固定和支撑窗式空调器200,有利于保证安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,使得安装支架100对窗式空调器200具有足够的支撑力度。每个支撑单元W1均包括支撑架W11,支撑架W11沿内外方向(例如,图1中的前后方向)延伸,且支撑架W11的至少部分适于设在室外,则支撑架W11的一部分适于设在室外,或者支撑架W11全部适于设在室外,换言之,支撑架W11至少包括第一部分W11a,第一部分W11a适于设在室外。
可以理解的是,多个支撑单元W1的结构可以相同或不同。
如图1所示,安装支架100还包括连接单元W3,连接单元W3适于设在室外,且连接单元W3与多个支撑单元W1分别相连,即每个支撑单元W1均与连接单元W3相连,例如连接单元W3与多个支撑单元W1的支撑架W11的第一部分W11a分别相连,有利于进一步提升安装支架100的支撑稳定性。
如图2所示,支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d上具有沿竖向延伸的第一连接部W11c,则安装支架100具有多个第一连接部W11c;连接单元W3包括沿横向延伸的连接杆W31和设于连接杆W31上的多个第二连接部W32,多个第二连接部W32沿横向间隔开设置,以与多个第一连接部W11c对应相连,则每个支撑单元W1通过第一连接部W11c与对应第二连接部W32相连以实现与连接单元W3相连,使得多个支撑单元W1连接为一体,有利于提升安装支架100的支撑可靠性;而且,由于第一连接部W11c位于支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d,使得第一连接部W11c在内外方向上距离窗口2001较远,保证了窗式空调器200具有足够的安装空间,且安装支架100可以用于不同大小的窗式空调器200。
其中,如图2所示,第二连接部W32包括安装结构W321和遮挡结构W322,安装结构W321适于通过连接件W4与第一连接部W11c固定相连,遮挡结构W322与安装结构W321相连,且遮挡结构W322适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的上侧和/或横向两侧,以避免连接件W4的至少部分外露,从而在一定程度上,可以起到保护连接件W4的作用,例如,可以避免操作人员在操作过程中,易与连接件W4发生刮蹭,导致操作人员受伤、或连接件W4松动等,便于操作、提升组装效率,有利于保证安装支架100结构稳定,且在一定程度上,遮挡结构W322可以起到遮挡雨水的作用,避免连接件W4受到雨水直接冲刷而易腐蚀、损坏等。可以理解的是,当连接件W4为螺钉时,可以避免螺钉头外露。
其中,遮挡结构W322适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的上侧和/或横向两侧,可以包括以下情况:1、遮挡结构W322适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的上侧;2、遮挡结构W322适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的横向两侧;3、遮挡结构W322适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的上侧和横向两侧。
由此,通过设置遮挡结构W322以适用于至少遮挡连接件W4的上侧和/或横向两侧,起到了保护连接件W4的作用,可以避免操作人员在操作过程中,易与连接件W4发生刮蹭,便于操作、提升组装效率和安装效率,同时有利于保证安装支架100结构稳定,且在一定程度上,遮挡结构W322可以起到遮挡雨水的作用;同时,安装支架100结构简单、支撑可靠,方便了窗式空调器200的安装固定,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性,防止窗式空调器200易从窗口2001掉落,有利于实现窗式空调器200的安全使用。
可选地,连接件W4为螺钉或螺栓等,但不限于此。
可选地,安装结构W321适于通过连接件W4与第一连接部W11c可拆卸相连,便于实现安装支架100的拆装灵活性。当然,安装结构W321还可以通过连接件W4与第一连接部W11c不可拆卸相连。
在一些实施例中,如图2和图6所示,遮挡结构W322包括第一挡檐板W3221和第二挡檐板W3222,第一挡檐板W3221位于第一连接部W11c的上方,则第一挡檐板W3221可以遮挡第一连接部W11c的上侧,第一挡檐板W3221可以适用于遮挡连接件W4的上侧,第二挡檐板W3222为两个,且两个第二挡檐板W3222分别位于第一连接部W11c的横向两侧,则两个第二挡檐板W3222可以遮挡第一连接部W11c的横向两侧,两个第二挡檐板W3222可以适用于遮挡连接件W4的横向两侧。由此,通过设置第一挡檐板W3221和第二挡檐板W3222,便于实现对连接件W4上侧和横向两侧的遮挡,起到了保护连接件W4的作用,且第一挡檐板W3221和第二挡檐板W3222结构简单,便于实现。
在一些实施例中,如图1和图2所示,安装结构W321包括沿竖向延伸的安装板W3211,安装板W3211位于第一连接部W11c的靠近室内的一侧,则在连接安装结构W321与第一连接部W11c时,便于支撑架W11对连接单元W3起到一定的支撑作用,有利于快速将连接单元W3的安装至支撑架W11。其中,安装板W3211适于通过连接件W4与第一连接部W11c固定相连,则安装板W3211与第一连接部W11c布置合理,以便于连接件W4快速穿设,实现连接单元W3与支撑架W11的连接。
例如,在图2和图8的示例中,第一连接部W11c形成为板状结构,安装板W3211也形成为板状结构,且第一连接部W11c与安装板W3211可以平行设置,便于连接件W4连接第一连接部W11c和安装板W3211。
在一些实施例中,如图2、图6、图8和图10所示,遮挡结构W322包括第一挡檐板W3221和第二挡檐板W3222,第一挡檐板W3221与安装板W3211的上边沿相连,第一挡檐板W3221可以沿内外方向延伸,且第一挡檐板W3221位于第一连接部W11c的上方,则第一挡檐板W3221可以遮挡第一连接部W11c的上侧,第一挡檐板W3221可以适用于遮挡连接件W4的上侧;第二挡檐板W3222为两个,且两个第二挡檐板W3222分别与安装板W3211的横向两侧边沿相连,每个第二挡檐板W3222可以沿内外方向延伸,两个第二挡檐板W3222分别位于第一连接部W11c的横向两侧,则两个第二挡檐板W3222可以遮挡第一连接部W11c的横向两侧,两个第二挡檐板W3222可以适用于遮挡连接件W4的横向两侧。由此,通过在安装板W3211的边沿设置第一挡檐板W3221和第二挡檐板W3222,便于实现对连接件W4上侧和横向两侧的遮挡,起到了保护连接件W4的作用,且遮挡结构W322结构简单,便于实现。
例如,在图2、图6、图8和图10的示例中,第一挡檐板W3221自安装板W3211的上边沿向外延伸,则第一挡檐板W3221靠近室内的一侧边沿与安装板W3211的上边沿在内外方向上平齐设置;第二挡檐板W3222自安装板W3211的侧边沿向外延伸,则第二挡檐板W3222靠近室内的一侧边沿与安装板W3211的侧边沿在内外方向上平齐设置,使得第二连接部W32大致形成为罩体状,保证遮挡结构W322的遮挡效果,同时便于实现第二连接部W32整体由单板采用折弯工艺成型,方便了遮挡结构W322的加工。
当然,第一挡檐板W3221靠近室内的一侧边沿与安装板W3211的上边沿在内外方向上还可以非平齐设置,则安装板W3211的上边沿连接在第一挡檐板W3221在内外方向上的两端之间。第二挡檐板W3222靠近室内的一侧边沿与安装板W3211的侧边沿在内外方向上还可以平齐设置,则安装板W3211的侧边沿连接在第二挡檐板W3222在内外方向上的两端之间。
在一些实施例中,如图2和图8所示,第一连接部W11c由支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d向上延伸,第一连接部W11c便于由支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d折弯成型;第二连接部W32位于支撑架W11的上方,连接杆W31位于第二连接部W32的靠近室内的一侧。由此,操作人员可以将连接单元W3由内向外、自上向下配合至支撑架W11,操作方便,同时便于实现支撑架W11对连接单元W3的支撑,从而在组装过程中无需另外设置限位装置,或者无需长时间手持连接单元W3,进一步提升了组装效率。窗式空调器200安装完成后,连接单元W3可以与窗式空调器200在内外方向上间隔设置。
可以理解的是,第一连接部W11c由支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d向上延伸时,第一连接部W11c同样可以由支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d折弯成型,第二连接部W32位于支撑架W11的上方,连接杆W31还可以位于第二连接部W32的远离室内的一侧。
当然,第一连接部W11c还可以由支撑架W11的室外侧端部W11d向下延伸,或者,支撑 架W11的室外侧端部W11d连接在第一连接部W11c的上端和下端之间。
例如,如图2、图4和图6所示,连接杆W31包括顶板W311、连接在顶板W311下方的两个侧板W312和至少两个加强板W313,则顶板W311和加强板W313可以均连接在顶板W311的下方,顶板W311支撑在多个支撑架W11上,两个侧板W312分别位于多个支撑单元W1的横向两侧,加强板W313位于相邻两个支撑架W11之间,在一定程度上,加强板W313有利于实现连接单元W3和支撑架W11在横向上的限位。由此,连接杆W31结构简单,便于保证连接单元W3的结构强度,保证多个支撑单元W1的连接可靠性,且多个支撑架W11可以配合于顶板W311和两个侧板W312形成安装槽,相邻两个支撑架W11可以通过加强板W313隔开,有利于提升连接杆W31与多个支撑架W11的装配效率。
例如,在图2、图4和图6的示例中,顶板W311可以沿横向延伸,顶板W311支撑在多个支撑架W11的上表面,两个侧板W312可以分别位于顶板W311的横向两端,且每个侧板W312可以自顶板W311的横向端部向下延伸,两个侧板W312可以分别配合于多个支撑架W11的外侧两个支撑架W11的远离彼此的横向侧表面,使得顶板W311和两个侧板W312可以大致形成为U形结构,且U形结构的开口朝下设置。加强板W313可以连接在顶板W311的下方,加强板W313为两个,两个加强板W313沿内外方向间隔设置,每个加强板W313自顶板W311在内外方向上的端部向下延伸,使得顶板W311和两个加强板W313大致形成为横截面为匚形的结构,有效提升了连接杆W31的抗弯刚度,保证多个支撑架W11连接可靠。其中,两个加强板W313的横向长度可以相等或不等。
可以理解的是,两个侧板W312可以分别止抵于多个支撑架W11的外侧两个支撑架W11的远离彼此的横向侧表面,便于实现连接单元W3相对于多个支撑架W11在横向上的限位,操作方便。
当然,当支撑单元W1为三个或三个以上时,相邻两个支撑架W11之间可以均设有至少一个加强板W313,使得相邻两个支撑架W11可以通过加强板W313隔开,便于实现多个支撑单元W1在横向上的限位或预限位。
在图1的示例中,连接杆W31为一体件,以便于保证连接杆W31的强度,简化组装过程;例如连接杆W31由单板折弯成型。
在一些实施例中,如图1和图2所示,连接杆W31与多个第二连接部W32为一体件,节省了连接杆W31与多个第二连接部W32之间的连接工序,有利于提升连接单元W3的加工效率,同时便于保证连接杆W31与第二连接部W32之间连接可靠。例如,在图1和图2的示例中,连接杆W31和多个第二连接部W32可以由单板采用折弯工艺成型,即对单板进行弯折以形成连接杆W31和多个第二连接部W32,则连接单元W3加工工序简单,成本较低。
例如,在图1和图2的示例中,连接单元W3形成为一体件,以节省连接单元W3的组装工序,提升安装支架100的安装效率;例如,连接单元W3形成为折弯件,且连接单元W3由单板折弯成型。当然,连接单元W3还可以形成为分体件,此时连接单元W3的部件之间可以采用装配的手段相连。
在一些实施例中,如图1所示,并结合图39、图43和图45,支撑架W11适于穿设于窗口2001,以使支撑架W11的一部分适于设在室内,则支撑架W11还包括第二部分W11b,第二部分W11b适于设在室内。安装支架100包括定位单元W2,定位单元W2适于设在室内,且定位单元W2与支撑架W11的位于室内的部分例如支撑架W11的第二部分W11b相连,定位单元W2适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合,便于将支撑单元W1稳定安装于窗口2001处。
例如,定位单元W2适于与窗口2001定位配合,便于将定位单元W2稳定安装于墙体2000,而每个支撑单元W1的支撑架W11延伸至室内,且每个支撑单元W1的支撑架W11的第二部分W11b均与定位单元W2相连,实现了安装支架100的稳定安装。当然,安装支架100在使用时,定位单元W2还可以与窗口2001处的窗框2002定位配合,或者定位单元W2与窗口2001和窗框2002均定位配合,同样可以实现安装支架100的稳定安装。
可以理解的是,在内外方向上,支撑架W11的第二部分W11b的长度可以小于支撑架W11的第一部分W11a的长度,以便于安装支架100的设置与窗式空调器200的重心相匹配,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性。
当然,当支撑架W11设于窗口2001时,支撑架W11还可以全部设于室外;此时,安装支架100包括定位单元W2时,定位单元W2的至少部分适于设在室内,定位单元W2与支撑架W11直接或间接相连。例如,当定位单元W2与支撑架W11间接相连时,定位单元W2与支撑架W11之间可以设有连接段,连接段分别于定位单元W2和支撑架W11连接,以实现定位单元W2于支撑架W11相连;当定位单元W2与支撑架W11直接相连时,定位单元W2的一部分可以延伸至室外,以与支撑架W11连接;但不限于此。
例如,如图1和图4所示,定位单元W2包括沿横向延伸的主架W21,支撑架W11支撑在主架W21的上方,且支撑架W11包括支撑板W111和由支撑板W111的横向两侧向下延伸的翻边部W112,支撑板W111的室内侧端部11e上具有向下凹入的沉槽W1110,沉槽W1110由支撑板W111的上表面向下凹入形成,沉槽W1110的底壁支撑在主架W21的上表面上,且沉槽W1110的底壁适于与主架W21通过连接件W4固定相连。由此,有利于保证支撑架W11与主架W21的接触面积,增强支撑架W11与主架W21的接触强度,同时,由于翻边部W112的设置,使得支撑架W11具有良好的变形能力,从而在连接件11固定沉槽W1110的底壁与 主架W21时,支撑架W11可以发生一定变形,使得支撑架W11、主架W21和连接件W4连接更加紧密,便于保证支撑架W11与主架W21连接更加可靠;而且沉槽W1110可以容纳连接件W4,避免连接件W4外露,可以避免用户易与连接件W4发生刮蹭,导致用户受伤、或连接件W4松动等,有利于保证安装支架100结构稳定。
在一些实施例中,如图1所示,并结合图39、图43和图45,每个支撑单元W1还包括支撑腿W12,支撑腿W12适于设在室外,且支撑腿W12的上端与支撑架W11的位于室外的部分例如支撑架W11的第一部分W11a相连,支撑腿W12的下端适于直接或间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,支撑腿W12可以对支撑架W11起到支撑作用,有利于提升安装支架100的稳定性。其中,支撑腿W12与支撑架W11之间可以互成角度设置,使得支撑单元W1与墙体2000可以共同构造出稳定支撑图形例如三角形,保证支撑单元W1结构稳定。
可选地,在图1的示例中,结合图39、图43和图45,支撑腿W12的下端可以设有支撑脚W13,支撑脚W13适于与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,使得支撑腿W12的下端间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接;此时,便于保证支撑脚W13与墙体2000之间具有足够的支撑面积,例如支撑脚12与墙体2000之间为平面接触,保证支撑腿W12稳定支撑支撑架W11,同时有利于简化支撑腿W12的结构。
例如,如图4所示,支撑脚W13包括本体件W131和外包件W132,本体件W131安装于支撑腿W12,外包件W132外包于本体件W131支撑脚W13适于通过外包件W132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接。其中,本体件W131为钣金件,外包件W132为橡胶件。
可选地,在图1的示例中,支撑架W11形成为一体件,以节省支撑架W11的组装工序,提升安装支架100的安装效率;例如,支撑架W11形成为折弯件,且支撑架W11整体由单板折弯成型。当然,支撑架W11还可以形成为分体件,此时支撑架W11可以包括多个支撑件,多个支撑件采用装配的手段相连。
下面,参考附图11-图17,描述本申请中安装支架100的一些实施例。
如图11所示,并结合图39、图43和图45,安装支架100包括支撑单元X1,支撑单元X1适于沿内外方向(例如,图11中的前后方向)穿设于窗口2001,支撑单元X1的位于室外的至少部分适于抵接墙体2000的外壁面R,使得墙体2000对支撑单元X1起到支撑作用,便于保证支撑单元X1的支撑可靠性。
其中,支撑单元X1可以为一个或多个;当安装支架100包括多个支撑单元X1时,有利于提高安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,保证安装支架100对窗式空调器200具有足够的支撑力度。
如图11所示,结合图39和图43,安装支架100还包括定位单元X2,定位单元X2适于设在室内,且定位单元X2与支撑单元X1的位于室内的部分相连,则支撑单元X1可以包括适于设在室外的室外部分和适于设在室内的室内部分,定位单元X2与支撑单元X1的室内部分相连,支撑单元X1的室外部分的至少部分适于抵接墙体200的外壁面R。
其中,定位单元X2适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合,则包括以下情况:1、定位单元X2适于与窗口2001定位配合;2、定位单元X2适于与窗框2002定位配合;3、定位单元X2适于与窗口2001和窗框2002均定位配合。由此,便于实现定位单元X2可靠安装于窗口2001处,从而便于将支撑单元X1稳定安装于窗口2001处。
例如,定位单元X2适于与窗口2001定位配合时,定位单元X2适于与墙体2000定位配合,定位单元X2可以适于与窗口2001的底壁定位配合,例如定位单元X2与窗台2006定位配合,或者定位单元X2与窗口2001的侧壁定位配合,此时定位单元X2可以与窗框2002间隔设置,当然定位单元X2还可以止抵于窗框2002;定位单元X2适于与窗框2002定位配合时,定位单元X2可以适于与窗框2002的下边沿定位配合,或者定位单元X2适于与窗框2002的侧边沿定位配合,此时定位单元X2可以与窗口2001的壁面间隔设置,当然定位单元X2还可以置于窗口2001的壁面上。
如图11所示,定位单元X2包括主架X21和多个副架X22,主架X21和副架X22均沿横向(例如,图11中的左右方向)延伸,每个副架X22均可与主架X21沿横向抽拉配合,以使定位单元X2的横向长度可调节,则主架X21可以适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合。例如,当副架X22配合于主架X21时,副架X22可相对于主架X21沿横向移动,以改变副架X22与主架X21在横向上的配合长度,从而改变定位单元X2的横向长度。
由此,可以根据不同的窗式空调器200匹配合适的定位单元X2的横向长度,也可以根据不同的窗口2001尺寸匹配合适的定位单元X2的横向长度,即定位单元X2可以适用于不同大小的窗式空调器200和不同大小的窗口2001、窗框2002,提升了安装支架100的适用性,便于实现安装支架100良好的通用效果,同时便于使得与定位单元X2定位配合的窗口2001和/或窗框2002受力合理,避免窗口2001和/或窗框2002受力过于集中,从而提升窗式空调器200的安装可靠性。
如图11和图15-图17所示,多个副架X22可替换地与主架X21配合,则主架X21可以与多个副架X22替换配合,多个副架X22可以替换使用,使得主架X21具有良好的通用性,同时便于实现定位单元X2不同的横向长度调节范围,有利于进一步提升定位单元X2的适用性,而且便于根据实际需求替换相应的副架X22,使得定位单元X2更好地满足实际差异化需求。此外,如果其中一个副架X22无法正常使用时,还可以采用其余副架2中的其中 一个代替,便于多个副架X22中的至少两个可以相互形成备份,提升了定位单元X2的使用冗余度。
其中,至少两个副架X22的横向长度不等,则横向长度不等的副架X22与主架X21配合时,形成的定位单元X2的横向长度的调节范围不同,有利于扩大定位单元X2的横向长度的调节范围,再次提升定位单元X2的适用性。例如,当副架X22为两个时,该两个副架X22的横向长度不等;当副架X22为三个时,至少两个副架X22的横向长度不等,则其中两个副架X22的横向长度不等,或者三个副架X22的长度均不等。当然,副架X22还可以为三个以上;例如副架X22可以包括多个第一副架X22a和多个第二副架X22b,第一副架X22a的横向长度可以小于第二副架X22b的横向长度,在安装支架100使用时,可以将第一副架X22a和第二副架X22b分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧,但不限于此,比如还可以将两个第一副架X22a分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧。
可以理解的是,定位单元X2在使用时,主架X21的横向两侧可以分别与副架X22抽拉配合,此时主架X21横向两侧的副架X22的横向长度可以不等,便于使得定位单元X2的横向长度达到最小值,例如定位单元X2的横向长度的最小值可以等于主架X21的横向长度、也可以略大于主架X21的横向长度;当然,主架X21横向两侧的副架X22的横向长度还可以相等。
例如,主架X21的横向长度为1000mm,多个副架X22中的其中两个的横向长度可以分别为200mm、800mm,则上述其中两个副架X22分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧时,定位单元X2的横向长度可调节范围可以大致为1000mm~2000mm,相对于两个横向长度均为800mm的副架X22分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧,相对减小了定位单元X2横向长度的最大值和最小值,使得定位单元X2横向长度的最小值更接近于主架X21的横向长度,从而在一定程度上,主架X21长度一定时,便于定位单元X2易与窗口2001和/或窗框2002匹配,以尽可能地适用于所有窗口2001,有利于提升副架X22的横向长度使用率,避免定位单元X2相对于窗口2001横向长度过长易造成浪费;而且,相对于两个横向长度均为200mm的副架X22分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧,便于相对扩大定位单元X2的横向长度调节范围,提升安装支架100的适用性。
又例如,主架X21的横向长度为1000mm,多个副架X22中的其中两个的横向长度可以分别为500mm、500mm,则上述其中两个副架X22分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧时,定位单元X2的横向长度可调节范围可以大致为1000mm~2000mm,同样可以使得定位单元X2横向长度的最小值更接近于主架X21的横向长度,以便于提升定位单元X2的横向长度使用率。
由此,通过设置多个副架X22可替换地与主架X21配合,且至少两个副架X22的横向长 度不等,有利于扩大定位单元X2的横向长度的调节范围,使得安装支架100适用于不同尺寸的窗口2001、窗框2002,提升了安装支架100的适用性,同时便于实现副架X22的冗余设置;而且,便于使得定位单元X2横向长度的最小值更加接近于主架X21的横向长度,有利于提升定位单元X2的横向长度利用率,保证安装支架100与窗口2001和/或窗框2002相匹配,实现安装支架100的合理使用;同时,安装支架100结构简单、支撑可靠,方便了窗式空调器200的安装固定,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性,防止窗式空调器200易从窗口2001掉落,有利于实现窗式空调器200的安全使用。
在一些实施例中,如图11、图12所示,结合图45,每个副架X22均包括架杆X221和档杆X222,架杆X221沿横向延伸,架杆X221可以与主架X21沿横向抽拉配合,档杆X222沿竖向延伸,档杆X222设在架杆X221的横向一端,则档杆X222适于止抵在窗口2001的边缘和/或窗框2002的边缘。由此,在将定位单元X2配合至窗口2001和/或窗框2002时,可以将定位单元X2的横向长度调节至于窗口2001的横向尺寸大体一致,并可以将档杆X222对应于窗口2001的侧边缘和/或窗框2002的侧边缘,有利于将主架X21的至少部分受力有效分散至窗口2001或窗框2002的侧边缘,便于增大定位单元X2与窗口2001和/或窗框2002的配合面积,改善窗口2001和/或窗框2002的受力,提升窗式空调器200的安装可靠性。
可选地,在图12和图17的示例中,档杆X222可以自架杆X221的横向一端沿竖向向上延伸,此时架杆X221的上述横向一端可以连接在档杆X222的下端。当然,档杆X222还可以自架杆X221的横向一端沿竖向向下延伸,此时架杆X221的上述横向一端可以连接在档杆X222的上端;或者,架杆X221的横向一端还可以连接在档杆X222的上端和下端之间。
在一些实施例中,如图12和图15-图17所示,档杆X222包括沿横向延伸的挡板X2221,挡板X2221可以形成为平板,挡板X2221的厚度一侧表面适于与窗口2001的边缘和/或窗框2002的边缘止抵,便于使得档杆X222与窗口2001的边缘和/或窗框2002的边缘具有较大的抵接面积,提升档杆X222分散主架X21受力的效果。
在一些实施例中,如图12和图15-图17所示,档杆X222包括两个挡板X2221,两个挡板X2221沿内外方向间隔开设置,档杆X222还包括连接板X2222,连接板X2222沿内外方向延伸,且连接板X2222连接两个挡板X2221。由此,便于保证档杆X222结构稳定,且两个挡板X2221均可以适于用于止抵在窗口2001的边缘和/或窗框2002的边缘,从而档杆X222既可以设在主架X21的横向一侧,也可以设在主架X21的横向另一侧,也就是说,档杆X222可以设在架杆X221的横向两端中的任意一端,便于使得副架X22可以抽拉配合于主架X21在横向上的任意一侧。
例如,在图12和图15-图17的示例中,两个挡板X2221可以平行设置,挡板X2221和 连接板X2222均竖直布置,连接板X2222连接在挡板X2221的远离架杆X221中心的一端,以便于档杆X222整体由单板折弯成型。当然,连接板X2222还可以连接在挡板X2221的靠近架杆X221中心的一端,或者连接板X2222连接在挡板X2221的横向两端之间。
可选地,在图12和图15-图17的示例中,档杆X222形成为一体件,例如档杆X222整体由单板折弯成型。
如图12和图15-图17所示,连接板X2222上具有沿横向延伸的第一连接孔X2222a,第一连接孔X2222a可以沿连接板X2222的厚度方向贯穿连接板X2222,则连接板X2222适于通过第一连接孔X2222a与窗口2001和/或窗框2002固定相连,有利于提升安装支架100的安装稳定性。例如,定位单元X2适于配合与窗口2001和/或窗框2002的底部时,连接板X2222适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002的侧部相连,例如紧固件(螺钉等)穿设于第一连接孔X2222a并连接至窗口2001和/或窗框2002。
当然,连接板X2222还可以并非适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002固定相连,例如连接板X2222在横向上可以与窗口2001、窗框2002间隔设置。
如图12和图15-图17所示,架杆X221上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔X221a和/或沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔X221b,则包括以下情况:1、架杆X221上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔X221a;2、架杆X221上具有沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔X221b;2、架杆X221上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔X221a和沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔X221b。
当架杆X221上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔X221a时,第二连接孔2221a可以沿竖向贯穿架杆X221,架杆X221适于通过第二连接孔X221a与窗口2001和/或窗框2002固定相连,有利于提升安装支架100的安装稳定性。例如,当定位单元X2适于配合与窗口2001和/或窗框2002的底部时,架杆X221适于与窗口2001的底壁和/或窗框2002的下边沿相连,例如紧固件(螺钉等)穿设于第二连接孔X221a并连接至窗口2001和/或窗框2002。
其中,第二连接孔X221a为多个,且多个第二连接孔X221a沿横向间隔开设置,便于避免定位单元X2在调节横向长度时、第二连接孔X221a被遮挡,使得第二连接孔X221a的使用不会受定位单元X2横向长度的影响。
当架杆X221上具有沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔X221b时,第三连接孔X221b可以沿内外方向贯穿架杆X221,架杆X221适于通过第三连接孔X221b与窗口2001和/或窗框2002固定相连,有利于提升安装支架100的安装稳定性。例如,当定位单元X2适于配合与窗口2001和/或窗框2002的底部时,架杆X221适于与窗口2001的底壁和/或窗框2002的下边沿相连,例如紧固件(螺钉等)穿设于第三连接孔X221b并连接至窗口2001和/或窗框2002。
其中,第三连接孔X221b为多个,且多个第三连接孔X221b沿横向间隔开设置,便于避 免定位单元X2在调节横向长度时、第三连接孔X221b被遮挡,使得第三连接孔X221b的使用不会受定位单元X2横向长度的影响。
例如,在图17的示例中,架杆X221包括室内侧壁面2211、室外侧壁面2212和连接壁面2213,室内侧壁面2211和室外侧壁面2212沿内外方向间隔设置,连接壁面2213连接在室内侧壁面2211的下边沿和室外侧壁面2212的下边沿之间,架杆X221的顶部敞开设置,使得架杆X221的横截面形成为匚形;连接壁面2213上形成有沿横向间隔开设置的多个第二连接孔X221a,室内侧壁面2211和室外侧壁面2212上分别形成有沿横向间隔开设置的多个第三连接孔X221b,且室内侧壁面2211上的多个第三连接孔X221b与室外侧壁面2212上的多个第三连接孔X221b一一内外对应设置,紧固件可以依次穿设室内侧壁面2211的第三连接孔X221b和室外侧壁面2212的第三连接孔X221b、并连接至窗口2001和/或窗框2002。
需要说明的是,“室内侧壁面2211”并非是指位于室内侧2004,“室外侧壁面2212”也并非是指位于室外侧2005,而是“室内侧壁面2211”位于“室外侧壁面2212”的朝向室内的一侧。
进一步地,在图15-图17的示例中,连接板X2222的下边沿连接在连接壁面2213的横向端部,两个挡板X2221位于室内侧壁面2211和室外侧壁面2212的外侧,即其中一个挡板X2221位于室内侧壁面2211的朝向室内的一侧,另一个挡板X2221位于室外侧壁面2212的朝向室外的一侧。由此,便于副架X22形成为一体件,例如副架X22整体由单板弯折成型,便于副架X22的加工。
在一些实施例中,如图12-图14所示,主架X21内限定出沿横向延伸且横向两端均敞开的滑槽X21a,架杆X221穿入滑槽X21a以相对主架X21沿横向可抽拉,滑槽X21a可以对架杆X221沿横向的移动起到一定的引导作用,便于定位单元X2横向长度的快速调节。其中,档杆X222止挡在滑槽X21a外,则在架杆X221相对于主架X21沿横向抽拉的过程中,档杆X222可以始终适当在滑槽X21a外,便于用户通过档杆221进行抽拉操作。
可以理解的是,档杆X222可以被滑槽X21a的横向端部止挡在滑槽X21a外,例如在垂直于横向的平面上,档杆X222的正投影的至少部分位于滑槽X21a的正投影外。当然,档杆X222还可以通过其他方式止挡在滑槽X21a外。
例如,如图13和图14所示,主架X21包括主体段X211和两个端部段X212,两个端部段X212分别位于主体段X211的横向两端。其中,主体段X211的底面敞开,有利于减小主体段X211与架杆X221之间的接触面积,减小架杆X221与主体段X211之间的摩擦,提升定位单元X2横向长度的调节,同时有利于削弱架杆X221与主体段X211之间因摩擦产生的异音,而且主体段X211便于形成一体件,例如主体段X211整体可以由单板折弯成型;端 部段X212的底面封闭,则架杆X221穿入滑槽X21a时,架杆X221可以支撑在端部段X212的底壁上,保证架杆X221与主架X21可靠配合,避免架杆X221向下脱离主架X21。
在图13的示例中,主体段X211的底面敞开,且主体段X211顶面和内外两侧均封闭设置,使得主体段X211的横截面形成为匚形;端部段X212的朝向室外的一侧敞开,且端部段X212的顶面、底面和背向室外的一侧均封闭,使得端部段X212的横截面形成为匚形。由此,主架X21结构简单,具有良好的支撑效果,同时主架X21可以形成为一体件,例如主架X21整体可以由单板折弯成型,以便于加工。其中,“匚形”可以理解为具有三边的方形。
在一些实施例中,如图13所示,主架X21的任意横截面均为匚形,有利于节省主架X21的用材量,降低成本,便于保证主架X21的抗弯刚度和结构强度,且主架X21整体可以由单板折弯成型,便于主架X21的加工。
在一些实施例中,如图12、图14和图17所示,主架X21的室内侧壁面X210上具有沿横向间隔开设置的多个第一定位孔X21b,架杆X221的室内侧壁面2211和室外侧壁面2212上均具有第二定位孔X221c,第二定位孔X221c与第一定位孔X21b适于通过连接件X4固定相连,以实现主架X21和架杆X221在横向上的限位,以使定位单元X2的横向长度保持在某一数值,同时方便了操作人员在室内调节并固定定位单元X2的横向长度。其中,第二定位孔X221c与第一定位孔X21b适于通过连接件X4可拆卸相连,第二定位孔X221c与任一第一定位孔X21b适于通过连接件X4相连,则第二定位孔X221c与不同的第一定位孔X21b通过连接件X4固定相连,可以调节定位单元X2的横向长度。
可选地,第二定位孔X221c为一个,以便于简化架杆X221的加工工序。当然,第二定位孔X221c还可以为多个,多个第二定位孔X221c可以沿横向间隔开设置。
可选地,连接件X4为螺钉,但不限于此。
在一些实施例中,如图12、图15和图16所示,副架X22至少包括第一副架X22a和第二副架X22b,第一副架X22a的架杆X221和第二副架X22b的架杆X221的横向长度之和等于主架X21的横向长度,则L1’+L2’=L,在第一副架X22a和第二副架X22b分别配合于主架X21的横向两侧时,便于定位单元X2的横向长度的最小值更接近于主架X21的横向长度,便于使得定位单元X2的横向长度达到最小值,有利于提升定位单元X2的横向长度使用率,避免定位单元X2的某一具体横向长度数值与窗口2001、窗框2002无法匹配而始终不采用该横向长度数值。
可以理解的是,第一副架X22a的横向长度与第二副架X22b的横向长度可以相等或不等。
在一些实施例中,如图11和图12所示,主架X21的横向中心位置具有适于安装水平仪 300的安装平台X213,便于水平仪300的安装,有利于实现安装支架100的水平安装,同时有利于保证水平仪300的精确度。由此,安装支架100在安装过程中,可以在安装平台X213上安装水平仪300,以测量主架X21相对于水平方向的倾斜角度,实现主架X21的水平安装,从而便于实现安装支架100的水平安装,保证窗式空调器200稳定支撑在安装支架100上,避免安装支架100倾斜导致窗式空调器200具有下滑的趋势。
例如,在图12的示例中,安装平台X213可以形成为平板结构,且安装平台X213可以由主架X21的下边沿向室内延伸。安装平台X213的横向两侧可以分别形成有安装槽213a,安装槽13a适用于卡设水平仪300的支架,便于水平仪300的稳定安装。
例如,如图11所示,支撑单元X1为沿横向间隔开设置的多个,每个支撑单元X1均适于用于固定和支撑窗式空调器200,提高了安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,进一步保证窗式空调器200安装可靠。可以理解的是,多个支撑单元X1的结构可以相同或不同。
如图11所示,结合图43和图45,每个支撑单元X1均包括支撑架X11,支撑架X11沿内外方向(例如,图11中的前后方向)延伸,且支撑架X11适于穿设于窗口2001,以使支撑架X11的一部分适于设在室内、另一部分适于设在室外,则支撑架X11包括沿内外方向排布的第一部分X11a和第二部分X11b,第一部分X11a适于设在室外,第二部分X11b适于设在室内。每个支撑单元X1均包括支撑腿X12,支撑腿X12适于设在室外,且支撑腿X12的上端与支撑架X11的位于室外的部分例如支撑架X11的第一部分X11a相连,支撑腿X12的下端适于直接或间接抵接墙体2000的外壁面R,支撑腿X12可以对支撑架X11起到支撑作用,有利于提升安装支架100的稳定性;支撑架X11的位于室内的部分例如支撑架X11的第二部分X11b连接至主架X21,而主架X21适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合,从而实现了安装支架100的稳定安装。
其中,支撑腿X12与支撑架X11之间可以互成角度设置,使得支撑单元X1与墙体2000可以共同构造出稳定支撑图形例如三角形,保证支撑单元X1结构稳定。
可选地,在图11的示例中,支撑架X11形成为一体件,以节省支撑架X11的组装工序,提升安装支架100的安装效率;例如,支撑架X11形成为折弯件,且支撑架X11整体由单板折弯成型。当然,支撑架X11还可以形成为分体件,此时支撑架X11可以包括多个支撑件,多个支撑件采用装配的手段相连。
可选地,在图11的示例中,支撑腿X12的下端可以设有支撑脚X13,支撑脚X13适于与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,使得支撑腿X12的下端间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接;此时,便于保证支撑脚X13与墙体2000之间具有足够的支撑面积,例如支撑脚12与墙体2000之间为平面接触,保证支撑腿X12稳定支撑支撑架X11,同时有利于简化支撑腿X12 的结构。
例如,如图13所示,支撑脚X13包括本体件和外包件,本体件安装于支撑腿X12,外包件外包于本体件,支撑脚X13适于通过外包件与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接。其中,本体件为钣金件,外包件为橡胶件。
此外,在图11和图12的示例中,结合图43,支撑单元X1为多个,安装支架100还包括连接单元X3,连接单元X3适于设在室外,且连接单元X3与多个支撑单元X1的支撑架X11的位于室外的部分例如第一部分X11a分别相连,有利于进一步提升安装支架100的支撑稳定性。
下面,参考附图18-图28,描述本申请中安装支架100的一些实施例。
如图18所示,安装支架100包括至少一个支撑单元Y1,即安装支架100包括一个或多个支撑单元Y1;当安装支架100包括多个支撑单元Y1时,有利于提高安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,保证安装支架100对窗式空调器200具有足够的支撑力度。
如图18所示,支撑单元Y1包括支撑架Y11和支撑腿Y12,支撑架Y11沿内外方向(例如,图18中的前后方向)延伸,且支撑架Y11的至少部分适于设在室外,则支撑架Y11的一部分适于设在室外,或者支撑架Y11全部适于设在室外,换言之,支撑架Y11至少包括第一部分Y11a,第一部分Y11a适于设在室外;支撑腿Y12适于设在室外,支撑腿Y12的上端与支撑架Y11的位于室外的部分相连,支撑腿Y12的下端适于直接或间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,则支撑腿Y12可以对支撑架Y11起到支撑作用,有利于提升安装支架100的稳定性。其中,支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间可以互成角度设置,使得支撑单元Y1与墙体2000可以共同构造出稳定支撑图形例如三角形,保证支撑单元Y1结构稳定。
如图19、图23所示,并结合图45,墙体2000的厚度两侧分别为室内侧2004和室外侧2005,支撑架Y11的第一部分Y11a和支撑腿Y12均适于设在室外侧2005。支撑架Y11的位于室外的部分例如支撑架Y11的第一部分Y11a具有第一限位结构Y110,支撑腿Y12的上端具有第二限位结构Y120,第二限位结构Y120与第一限位结构Y110限位配合,以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角,避免支撑腿Y12相对支撑架Y11朝向远离墙体2000方向的转动角度超过最大夹角,例如最大夹角为α max,则第二限位结构Y120与第一限位结构Y110限位配合使得支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角α不超过α max
由此,在支撑腿Y12和支撑架Y11的组装过程中,支撑腿Y12在其自身重力作用下,通过第一限位结构Y110和第二限位结构Y120的限位配合,可以使得支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11 之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角为上述最大夹角,即α=α max,此时支撑腿Y12无法绕支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的连接处朝向远离墙体2000的方向相对支撑架Y11转动,即支撑腿Y12无法相对支撑架Y11转动以使α增大至超过α max,从而支撑腿Y12可以保持在与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角为最大夹角的状态,则支撑腿Y12可以无需另外设置限位装置,或者无需长时间手持支撑腿Y12,方便了支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的后续相连,便于操作,有利于提升安装支架100的安装效率,同时有利于提升上述稳定支撑图形的稳定性,保证安装支架100支撑稳定,而且便于保证支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的连接精度。
可选地,支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11后续可通过连接固定件(螺钉等)相连,但不限于此。
当然,安装支架100在安装或使用过程中,通过第一限位结构Y110和第二限位结构Y120限位配合,即使在支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间的连接固定件松动、甚至脱落时,在一定程度上仍可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间的相对转动,使得安装支架100仍可以稳定支撑窗式空调器200,进一步提升了安装支架100的支撑稳定性。
由此,通过设置支撑腿Y12上的第二限位结构Y120与支撑架Y11上的第一限位结构Y110限位配合,以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角,从而便于在支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11相连之前实现支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的限位,方便了支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的后续相连,有利于提升安装支架100的安装效率,同时提升了安装支架100的支撑稳定性,实现窗式空调器200的稳定安装,防止窗式空调器200易从窗口2001掉落,有利于实现窗式空调器200的安全使用。
其中,“支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角α”,可以理解为支撑腿Y12的中心线与支撑架Y11的中心线在朝向室内侧2004的夹角。同样,后文中的“支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在背向室内侧2004的夹角α’”,可以理解为支撑腿Y12的中心线与支撑架Y11的中心线在背向室内侧2004的夹角。
可以理解的是,最大夹角的具体取值范围不限,可以根据实际要求设置,例如最大夹角一般可以是锐角,但不限于此。例如,在图21的示例中,结合图43,支撑腿Y12适于相对竖直方向倾斜布置,则支撑腿Y12在其自身重力作用下,具有朝向竖直布置状态转动的趋势。支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角α max可以为锐角,则便于支撑腿Y12与墙体2000外壁面R更好地抵接,支撑腿Y12在其自身重力作用下,通过第一限位结构Y110和第二限位结构Y120的限位配合,便于使得支撑腿Y12保持在倾斜布置的状态,从而方便了支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的后续相连。
在一些实施例中,如图19和图23所示,支撑架Y11上具有沿横向(例如,图18中的左右方向)间隔开设置的两个限位槽Y1101,每个限位槽Y1101均沿内外方向(例如,图 18中的前后方向)延伸,且限位槽Y1101的至少部分适于设在室外,则限位槽Y1101的一部分适于设在室外、另一部分适于设在室内,或者限位槽Y1101全部适于设在室外(如图18所示,并结合图43和图45)。限位槽Y1101的横向一侧敞开为敞口Y1101a,限位槽Y1101的横向另一侧具有侧壁Y1101b,限位槽Y1101作为第一限位结构Y110,则支撑架Y11具有两个第一限位结构Y110,便于保证支撑架Y11在横向上受力较为均衡。
其中,敞口Y1101a可以分别位于两个限位槽Y1101的彼此相对的一侧,或者敞口Y1101a可以分别位于两个限位槽Y1101的横向同侧。例如,在图19和图23的示例中,两个限位槽Y1101的彼此相对的一侧均敞开为敞口Y1101a。
如图19、图23-图26所示,第二限位结构Y120由敞口Y1101a装配于限位槽Y1101内,第二限位结构Y120包括上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202,上限位部Y1201止抵限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c,下限位部Y1202止抵限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d,从而通过上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202的配合,进一步便于在支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11相连之前实现支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11的限位,使得在支撑腿Y12配合于支撑架Y11时,即上限位部Y1201止抵限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c、且下限位部Y1202止抵限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d,支撑腿Y12在自身重力作用下不会相对支撑架Y11朝向远离室内侧2004的方向自发转动,便于将支撑腿Y12和支撑架Y11固定相连。
例如,在图21和图23的示例中,结合图43和图45,支撑腿Y12可以相对于竖直方向倾斜布置,支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角α max可以为锐角,支撑腿Y12相对于支撑架Y11具有朝向远离室内侧2004转动的趋势,即支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角α具有增大的趋势;当上限位部Y1201止抵限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c、且下限位部Y1202止抵限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d时,支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角α可以为α max,则上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202可以限制支撑腿Y12的上述运动趋势,避免α超过α max,便于使得支撑腿Y12不受其他外力作用时保持在当前倾斜状态。
可选地,在图23的示例中,支撑腿Y12上的第二限位结构Y120也为两个,两个第二限位结构Y120与两个第一限位结构Y110对应限位配合。
在本领域技术人员阅读了上文的技术方案后,显然可以合理设置上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202的相对位置,例如可以合理设置上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202在内外方向上的相对位置,以使上限位部Y1201止抵限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c、且下限位部Y1202止抵限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d时,可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角,使得支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的夹角α在支撑 腿Y12的自身重力作用下为α max时,支撑腿Y12无法朝向远离室内侧2004的方向转动,以实现单向限位,此时支撑腿Y12可以朝向靠近室内侧2004的方向转动。
当然,本领域技术人员还可以合理设置上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202的相对位置,使得上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202配合不仅可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角,还可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在背向室内侧2004的最大夹角,使得支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在背向室内侧2004的夹角α’在支撑腿Y12的自身重力作用下为α’ max时,支撑腿Y12无法朝向靠近室内侧2004的方向转动,从而实现双向限位。
可选地,在图18、图43和图45的示例中,两个限位槽Y1101的彼此相对的一侧均敞开为敞口Y1101a,限位槽Y1101全部适于设在室外,限位槽Y1101在内外方向上的至少一端敞开设置,此时两个限位槽Y1101可以大致形成为导向轨,便于第二限位结构Y120由限位槽Y1101的上述敞开端装配于限位槽Y1101内,并沿限位槽Y1101的延伸方向移动至合适位置,例如第二限位结构Y120可以沿限位槽Y1101的延伸方向移动至使得支撑腿Y12的下端直接或间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,方便了支撑架Y11与支撑腿Y12的组装,便于安装支架100的安装。
可以理解的是,支撑架Y11上的限位槽Y1101还可以为一个。支撑腿Y12上的第二限位结构Y120也可以为一个。
可选地,在图25和图26的示例中,上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202可以沿上下方向间隔设置,以便于节省用材量。当然,上限位部Y1201和下限位部Y1202还可以在上下方向上非间隔设置。
可选地,在图23的示例中,上限位部Y1201与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c之间可以为面接触,下限位部Y1202与限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d之间可以为面接触,便于保证第一限位结构Y110和第二限位结构Y120的限位可靠性。当然,上限位部Y1201与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c之间还可以为线接触,例如上限位部Y1201与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c之间可以形成多段接触线;下限位部Y1202与限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d之间还可以为线接触,例如下限位部Y1202与限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d之间可以形成多段接触线;但不限于此。
在一些实施例中,如图23所示,支撑腿Y12包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个支腿侧板Y122,下限位部Y1202设于支腿侧板Y122的上端,以便于下限位部Y1202装配于限位槽Y1101内。其中,下限位部Y1202位于支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内的一侧,则下限位部Y1202止抵限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d时,下限位部Y1202可以限制支撑腿Y12朝向远离室内侧2004的 方向转动,保证了第二限位结构Y120与第一限位结构Y110限位配合可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2002的最大夹角。
例如,在图23的示例中,每个支腿侧板Y122上均具有第二限位结构Y120,则支撑腿Y12具有两个第二限位结构Y120,两个第二限位结构Y120与支撑架Y11上的两个第一限位结构Y110对应限位配合。
例如,在图23、图25和图26的示例中,下限位部Y1202沿着横向朝向靠近限位槽Y1101的侧壁Y1101b的方向延伸,便于下限位部Y1202与限位槽1102的底壁Y1101d止抵,以起到限位作用。
例如,在图23的示例中,两个限位槽Y1101的彼此相对的一侧均敞开为敞口Y1101a,两个支腿侧板Y122位于两个限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d之间,下限位部Y1202可以沿横向延伸至超出支腿侧板Y122的厚度表面、且与限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d止抵。
例如,下限位部Y1202可以自支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内一侧的边沿沿横向延伸,此时支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内一侧的边沿与下限位部Y1202的远离限位槽Y1101侧壁Y1101b的一侧边沿连接,便于支腿侧板Y122与下限位部Y1202形成为一体件,例如支腿侧板Y122与下限位部Y1202构成的整体可以由单板折弯成型,方便了支撑腿Y12的加工。
当然,支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内一侧的边沿还可以连接在下限位部Y1202的横向两端之间。
在一些实施例中,如图23、图25和图26所示,上限位部Y1201包括支撑面Y1201a和第一延伸部Y1201b,支撑面Y1201a为支腿侧板Y122的顶面,第一延伸部Y1201b由支腿侧板Y122的上端朝向靠近室内的一侧延伸,则第一延伸部Y1201b形成在支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内的一侧。由此,便于保证上限位部Y1201与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c在内外方向上具有较大的止抵长度,保证上限位部Y1201与顶壁Y1101c的限位可靠性。
可选地,支撑面Y1201a可以形成为平面,支撑面Y1201a与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c之间可以为面接触,便于保证支撑面Y1201a与顶壁Y1101c之间具有较大的止抵面积,有利于提升上限位部Y1201的限位可靠性。
可选地,第一延伸部Y1201b的上表面可以形成为平面,第一延伸部Y1201b与限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c之间可以为面接触,便于保证第一延伸部Y1201b与顶壁Y1101c之间具有较大的止抵面积,提升了第一延伸部Y1201b的限位可靠性。
可选地,在图25和图26的示例中,第一延伸部Y1201b间隔设在下限位部Y1202的上方,有利于节省用材量,降低成本。
此外,可以理解的是,上限位部Y1201还可以仅包括支撑面Y1201a、而不包括第一延 伸部Y1201b,此时支腿侧板Y122的上端可以无需设置第一延伸部Y1201b,支撑面Y1201a与下限位部Y1202配合,同样可以限制支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间在朝向室内侧2004的最大夹角。
在图23的示例中,上限位部Y1201包括支撑面Y1201a和第一延伸部Y1201b,支撑面Y1201a为支腿侧板Y122的顶面,第一延伸部Y1201b由支腿侧板Y122的上端朝向靠近室内的一侧延伸,则第一延伸部Y1201b形成在支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内的一侧;而下限位部Y1202自支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内一侧的边沿沿横向延伸,则第一延伸部Y1201b和下限位部Y1202均位于支腿侧板Y122的靠近室内的一侧,则第一限位结构和110第二限位结构Y120的限位配合较为灵活,便于根据实际需求实现支撑腿Y12的单向限位或双向限位。
在一些实施例中,如图23、图25和图26所示,支腿侧板Y122的上端具有第四连接孔Y122a,限位槽Y1101的侧壁Y1101b上具有沿内外方向间隔开设置的多个第五连接孔Y11c,例如支撑架Y11的每个限位槽Y1101的侧壁Y1101b上均具有多个第五连接孔Y11c。其中,第四连接孔Y122a适于与任一第五连接孔Y11c通过连接件Y4固定相连,可以实现支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11在内外方向上的位置限位,至少使得支撑腿Y12在内外方向上相对于支撑架Y11无法移动,从而保证安装支架100结构稳定,以实现稳定支撑。其中,第四连接孔Y122a与第五连接孔Y11c适于通过连接件Y4可拆卸相连,则第四连接孔Y122a可以与不同的第五连接孔Y11c通过连接件Y4固定相连,从而调节支撑腿Y12和支撑架Y11在内外方向上的相对位置,使得支撑单元Y1适用于不同厚度的墙体2000,提升安装支架100的适用性,同时当窗式空调器200需要再内外方向上适当调节安装位置时,可以调节支撑腿Y12和支撑架Y11在内外方向上的相对位置,使得支撑单元Y1可以更稳定地承载窗式空调器200。
可选地,第四连接孔Y122a为一个,以便于简化支腿侧板Y122的加工工序。当然,第四连接孔Y122a还可以为多个,多个第四连接孔Y122a可以沿内外方向间隔开设置。
可选地,连接件Y4为螺钉,但不限于此。
在一些实施例中,如图19和图23所示,支撑架Y11包括支撑板Y111和安装板Y113,支撑板Y111沿内外方向延伸,且支撑板Y111适于支撑在窗式空调器200的底部,安装板Y113为两个,且两个安装板Y113分别连接在支撑板Y111的横向两侧下方,每个安装板Y113的下端具有朝向另一个安装板Y113翻折的翻边Y1131,限位槽Y1101限定在翻边Y1131、安装板Y113和支撑板Y111之间,支撑板Y111构成限位槽Y1101的顶壁Y1101c,安装板Y113构成限位槽Y1101的侧壁Y1101b,翻边Y1131构成限位槽Y1101的底壁Y1101d,此时支撑架Y11的至少部分的横截面可以大致形成为匚形。其中,“匚形”可以理解为具有三边 的方形。
由此,支撑架Y11结构简单,具有良好的结构强度和抗弯刚度,同时支撑架Y11便于形成为一体件,例如支撑架Y11可以形成为折弯件,且支撑架Y11整体由单板折弯成型,此时安装板Y113和翻边Y1131均可以采用折弯工艺加工,方便了支撑架Y11的加工。
在图18和图19的示例中,安装板Y113适于设在室外,则限位槽Y1101适于设在室外。当然,安装板Y113还可以一部分适于设在室外、另一部分适于设在室内,使得限位槽Y1101的一部分适于设在室外、另一部分适于设在室内。
在一些实施例中,如图18所示,结合图43,支撑单元Y1还包括支撑脚Y13,支撑脚Y13与支撑腿Y12的下端相连,支撑脚Y13适于设在室外以与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,使得支撑腿Y12的下端间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,便于保证支撑脚Y13与墙体2000之间具有足够的支撑面积,实现支撑腿Y12的稳定支撑,同时有利于简化支撑腿Y12的结构,便于实现支撑腿Y12形成为一体件。例如支撑脚Y12与墙体2000之间为平面接触,而支撑腿Y12与支撑架Y11之间互成角度设置,使得支撑单元Y1与墙体2000可以共同构造出稳定支撑图形例如三角形,保证支撑单元Y1结构稳定
其中,如图27和图28所示,支撑腿Y12包括支腿面板Y121和沿横向间隔开设置的两个支腿侧板Y122,支腿面板Y121连接在两个支腿侧板Y122之间,支腿面板Y121的下端具有第二延伸部Y1211,第二延伸部Y1211适于止抵在支撑脚Y13的远离墙体2000的外壁面R的一侧,则支撑脚Y13除了可以通过与支撑腿Y12的连接处实现对支撑腿Y12的支撑,还可以通过第二延伸部Y1211实现对支撑腿Y12的进一步限位、支撑,有利于进一步提升支撑腿Y12的支撑稳定性。
例如,在图22和图28的示例中,支撑脚Y13包括本体件Y131和外包件Y132,本体件Y131安装于支撑腿Y12,例如本体件Y131可以安装于支撑腿Y12的两个支腿侧板Y122,外包件Y132外包于本体件Y131,支撑脚Y13适于通过外包件Y132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,本体件Y131可以并未与墙体2000的外壁面R直接抵接,便于实现支撑脚Y13与墙体2000紧密接触,保证支撑脚Y13与墙体2000抵接可靠,避免支撑脚Y13相对墙体2000易滑动。其中,外包件Y132包覆本体件Y131的部分外表面,第二延伸部Y1211适于止抵在本体件Y131的远离墙体2000的外壁面R的一侧。
可选地,本体件Y131为钣金件,外包件Y132为橡胶件。
在一些实施例中,如图18和图28所示,支撑单元Y1还包括支撑脚Y13,支撑脚Y13与支撑腿Y12的下端相连,支撑脚Y13适于设在室外以与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,使得支撑腿Y12的下端间接与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接。其中,支撑腿Y12的下端具有第二延 伸部Y1211,第二延伸部Y1211适于止抵在支撑脚Y13的远离墙体2000的外壁面R的一侧,则支撑脚Y13除了可以通过与支撑腿Y12的连接处实现对支撑腿Y12的支撑,还可以通过第二延伸部Y1211实现对支撑腿Y12的进一步限位、支撑,有利于进一步提升支撑腿Y12的支撑稳定性。
可以理解的是,支撑腿Y12的两个支腿侧板Y122之间还可以通过多个连接筋相连,多个连接筋可以沿支腿侧板Y122的延伸方向间隔开设置。
可选地,在图18和图23的示例中,支撑架Y11形成为一体件,以节省支撑架Y11的组装工序,提升安装支架100的安装效率;例如,支撑架Y11形成为折弯件,且支撑架Y11整体由单板折弯成型。当然,支撑架Y11还可以形成为分体件,此时支撑架Y11可以包括多个支撑件,多个支撑件采用装配的手段相连。
可选地,在图24的示例中,支撑腿Y12形成为一体件,以节省支撑腿Y12的组装工序;例如,支撑腿Y12形成为折弯件,且支撑腿Y12整体由单板折弯成型。
在一些实施例中,如图18所示,结合图43和图45,支撑架Y11适于穿设于窗口2001,以使支撑架Y11的一部分适于设在室内,则支撑架Y11还包括第二部分Y11b,第二部分Y11b适于设在室内。安装支架100还包括定位单元Y2,定位单元Y2适于设在室内,且定位单元Y2与支撑架Y11的位于室内的部分例如支撑架Y11的第二部分Y11b相连,定位单元Y2适于与窗口2001和/或设在窗口2001处的窗框2002定位配合,便于将支撑单元Y1稳定安装于窗口2001处。
例如,定位单元Y2适于与窗口2001定位配合,便于将定位单元Y2稳定安装于墙体2000,支撑单元Y11的第二部分Y11b与定位单元Y2相连,实现安装支架100的稳定安装。当然,安装支架100在使用时,定位单元Y2还可以与窗口2001处的窗框2002定位配合,或者定位单元Y2与窗口2001和窗框2002均定位配合,同样可以实现安装支架100的稳定安装。
如图18所示,定位单元Y2可以包括主架Y21和多个副架Y22,主架Y21和副架Y22均沿横向延伸,每个副架Y22均可与主架Y21沿横向抽拉配合,以使定位单元Y2的长度可调节,从而定位单元Y2可以适用于不同尺寸的窗口2001、窗框2002。其中,多个副架Y22可替换地与主架Y21配合,多个副架Y22可以替换使用,使得主架Y21具有良好的通用性,便于实现定位单元Y2不同的横向长度调节范围,有利于进一步提升定位单元Y2的适用性。多个副架Y22的长度可以相等或不等。
可以理解的是,在内外方向上,支撑架Y11的第二部分Y11b的长度可以小于支撑架Y11的第一部分Y11a的长度,以便于安装支架100的设置与窗式空调器200的重心相匹配,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性。
当然,当支撑架Y11设于窗口2001处时,支撑架Y11还可以全部设于室外;此时,安装支架100包括定位单元Y2,定位单元Y2的至少部分适于设在室内,定位单元Y2与支撑架Y11直接或间接相连。例如,当定位单元Y2与支撑架Y11间接相连时,定位单元Y2与支撑架Y11之间可以设有连接段,连接段分别与定位单元Y2和支撑架Y11连接,以实现定位单元1与支撑架Y11相连;当定位单元Y2与支撑架Y11直接相连时,定位单元Y2的一部分可以延伸至室外,以与支撑架Y11连接;但不限于此。
在一些实施例中,如图18所示,支撑单元Y1为多个,多个支撑单元Y1沿横向间隔设置,安装支架100还包括连接单元Y3,连接单元Y3适于设在室外,且连接单元Y3与多个支撑单元Y1的支撑架Y11的位于室外的部分例如第一部分Y11a分别相连,有利于进一步提升安装支架100的支撑稳定性。
下面,参考附图29-图36,描述本申请中安装支架100的一些实施例。
如图29所示,安装支架100包括至少一个支撑单元Z1,即安装支架100包括一个或多个支撑单元Z1;当安装支架100包括多个支撑单元Z1时,有利于提高安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,保证安装支架100对窗式空调器200具有足够的支撑力度。
支撑单元Z1包括支撑架Z11、支撑腿Z12和支撑脚Z13,支撑架Z11沿内外方向(例如,图29中的前后方向)延伸,支撑架Z11的至少部分适于设在室外,则支撑架Z11的一部分适于设在室外,或者支撑架Z11全部适于设在室外,换言之,支撑架Z11至少包括第一部分Z11a,第一部分Z11a适于设在室外;支撑腿Z12适于设在室外,且支撑腿Z12的上端与支撑架Z11的位于室外的部分相连,支撑脚Z13适于设在室外,且支撑脚Z13与支撑腿Z12的下端相连。
例如,如图29所示,结合图43和图45,墙体2000的厚度两侧可以分别为室内侧2004和室外侧2005,安装支架100使用时,支撑架Z11可以沿墙体2000的厚度方向(例如,图43和图45中的前后方向)通过窗口2001延伸至室外侧2005,则支撑架Z11至少包括第一部分Z11a,第一部分Z11a位于室外;支撑腿Z12和支撑脚Z13均适于设在室外侧2005,且支撑腿Z12的上端与支撑架Z11的第一部分Z11a相连,支撑腿Z12的下端与支撑脚Z13相连,支撑脚Z13适于与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,便于使得支撑脚Z13与墙体2000之间具有足够的支撑面积,例如支撑脚12与墙体2000之间为平面接触,而支撑腿Z12与支撑架Z11之间互成角度设置,使得支撑单元Z1与墙体2000可以共同构造出稳定支撑图形例如三角形,保证支撑单元Z1结构稳定。
如图30所示,结合图43和图45,支撑脚Z13包括本体件Z131和外包件Z132,本体件 Z131安装于支撑腿Z12,外包件Z132外包于本体件Z131,支撑脚Z13适于通过外包件Z132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,则安装支架100安装于窗口2001处时,外包件Z132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,而本体件Z131并未与墙体2000的外壁面R直接抵接。由此,可以灵活设置本体件Z131与外包件Z132,比如选取合适的用材、设置合理的结构等,以保证支撑脚Z13使用可靠,同时便于实现支撑脚Z13与墙体2000紧密接触,以保证支撑脚Z13与墙体2000抵接可靠,保证支撑脚Z13稳定止抵于墙体2000,避免支撑脚Z13相对墙体2000易滑动。
可以理解的是,外包件Z132可以包裹于本体件Z131的外侧,则外包件Z132可以包裹本体件Z131的全部外表面,或者外包件Z132可以包裹本体件Z131的部分外表面(如图30所示),只需保证支撑脚Z13与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接时,外包件Z132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接、且本体件Z131并未与墙体2000的外壁面R直接抵接即可。
其中,如图30和图32所示,本体件Z131与外包件Z132通过定位结构Z133定位配合,保证本体件Z131与外包件Z132配合可靠,在支撑脚Z13抵接于墙体2000时,可以有效减小外包件Z132相对于本体件Z131的位移,避免外包件Z132易相对本体件Z131滑动,进一步便于避免支撑脚Z13相对墙体2000易滑动,提升支撑脚Z13的支撑稳定性,同时有效避免了外包件Z132因受力滑动导致易老化,有利于延长支撑脚Z13的使用寿命。定位结构Z133包括定位孔Z133a和配合于定位孔Z133a的定位凸起Z133b,简化了定位结构Z133,便于定位结构Z133的加工,同时便于实现定位结构Z133良好的承载能力,保证支撑脚Z13支撑可靠。
可以理解的是,定位孔Z133a可以形成在本体件Z131上,定位凸起Z133b设在外包件Z132上;或者,定位孔Z133a形成在外包件Z132上,定位凸起Z133b设在本体件Z131上。
参照图29,结合图43和图45,将安装支架100安装在墙体2000的窗口2001处时,将支撑架Z11的第一部分Z11a设于室外;支撑架Z11安装在窗口2001处,支撑腿Z12和支撑脚Z13均设在室外,支撑脚Z13与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,且支撑脚Z13位于支撑架Z11的下方,支撑腿Z12连接在支撑架Z11的第一部分Z11a和支撑脚Z13之间,此时支撑腿Z12相对竖直方向倾斜延伸,使得支撑单元Z1与墙体2000共同构成三角形支撑结构,以实现对窗式空调器200的稳定支撑。
由此,通过将支撑脚Z13构造为包括通过定位孔Z133a和定位凸起Z133b定位配合的本体件Z131和外包件Z132,使得安装支架100使用时、支撑脚Z13通过外包件Z132与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接,可以有效避免外包件Z132易相对本体件Z131滑动,避免支撑脚Z13相对墙体2000易滑动,提升了支撑脚Z13的支撑稳定性,同时有效避免了外包件Z132因 受力滑动导致易老化,有利于延长支撑脚Z13的使用寿命,方便安装支架100的维护。而且,安装支架100结构简单、支撑可靠,具有良好的安装稳定性,方便了窗式空调器200的安装固定,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性,防止窗式空调器200易从窗口2001掉落,有利于实现窗式空调器200的安全使用。
可选地,定位孔Z133a的边沿形成为封闭图形,例如圆形、或椭圆形、或多边形等,有利于保证定位孔Z133a和定位凸起Z133b配合可靠。例如,在图32的示例中,定位孔Z133a形成为方形孔,定位孔Z133a的边沿包括首尾依次连接的四个子边沿,定位凸起Z133b的横截面形状与定位孔Z133a的形状相适配,有效保证了定位结构Z133的定位效果,使得外包件Z132在上下方向和左右方向上相对于本体件Z131均不易滑动。
当然,定位孔Z133a的边沿还可以形成为非封闭图形(即封闭图形上形成有缺口),例如具有缺口的圆形等。
可以理解的是,定位孔Z133a可以形成为通孔(如图32所示),也可以形成为盲孔。
在本申请一些实施例中,如图32、图35和图36所示,定位孔Z133a形成在本体件Z131上,定位凸起Z133b一体成型在外包件Z132上,使得定位凸起Z133b与外包件Z132形成为一体件,便于保证定位凸起Z133b与外包件Z132的连接强度,有利于提升定位结构Z133的承载能力,保证本体件Z131与外包件Z132的定位配合可靠。
可以理解的是,定位凸起Z133b还可以与外包件Z132采用装配手段相连。
当然,在本申请的其他实施例中,定位孔Z133a还可以形成在外包件Z132上,定位凸起Z133b一体成型在本体件Z131上。
在一些实施例中,如图32、图33和图35所示,本体件Z131上形有一个或者多个第六连接孔Z1311a,连接件Z4适于穿过第六连接孔Z1311a和外包件Z132固定于墙体2000的外壁面R,实现了支撑脚Z13与墙体2000的固定,避免支撑脚Z13因受较大外力作用易导致支撑脚Z13相对墙体2000滑动,提升了支撑单元Z1的结构稳定性,从而进一步提升了支撑单元Z1的支撑稳定性;同时,有利于减小外包件Z132与墙体2000之间的作用力,在一定程度上,起到了保护外包件Z132的作用,例如当外包件Z132为橡胶件时,由于橡胶件与墙体2000固定,在橡胶件抵接于墙体2000时,橡胶件不会因受较大作用力而相对墙体2000滑动,避免橡胶件易变形老化,延长了橡胶件的使用寿命。
可以理解的是,第六连接孔Z1311a的朝向墙体2000的一侧被外包件Z132外包,则外包件Z132上可以无需加工用于穿设连接件Z4的穿孔,简化工艺且便于保证外包件Z132使用可靠,在支撑脚Z13与墙体2000抵接时,在连接件Z4的作用下,外包件Z132不易因本体件Z131的挤压而使本体件132外露于墙体2000,保证外包件Z132的外包效果,便于实 现本体件Z131在使用时始终不与墙体2000的外壁面R抵接;但不限于此。
此外,第六连接孔Z1311a的背向墙体2000的一侧可以被外包件Z132外包、也可以未被外包件Z132外包。例如,在图32的示例中,第六连接孔Z1311a的背向墙体2000的一侧未被外包件Z132外包,便于使得第六连接孔Z1311a的位置暴露于操作人员的视野中,提升安装效率。
其中,当本体件Z131上形成有多个第六连接孔Z1311a时,有利于进一步提升安装支架100的支撑稳定性,此时多个第六连接孔Z1311a的排布方式可以根据实际应用具体设置。
例如,在图32和图33的示例中,第六连接孔Z1311a为两个,两个第六连接孔Z1311a可以沿横向(例如,图33中的左右方向)间隔开排布,每个第六连接孔Z1311a的背向墙体2000的一侧均未被外包件Z132外包,每个第六连接孔Z1311a适于穿设连接件Z4,连接件Z4依次穿过本体件Z131和外包件Z132以使本体件Z131固定于墙体2000,实现支撑脚Z13与墙体2000的固定,从而进一步保证了支撑脚Z13与墙体2000固定可靠,同时连接件Z4数量较少,便于保证安装支架100的安装效率。当然,两个第六连接孔Z1311a还可以沿竖向间隔开排布。
此外,第六连接孔Z1311a还可以为三个或三个以上,多个支撑单元Z1可以沿横向间隔开设置。
可选地,连接件Z4为螺钉,但不限于此。
如图30和图32所示,每个第六连接孔Z1311a均位于定位结构Z133的远离支撑腿Z12的一侧,则每个第六连接孔Z1311a可以均位于定位结构Z133的远离定位结构Z133与支撑腿Z12连接处的一侧,避免支撑腿Z12遮挡第六连接孔Z1311a或干涉连接件Z4的安装,有利于第六连接孔Z1311a的位置暴露于操作人员的视野和操作空间中,便于连接件Z4的安装,同时有利于操作人员合理安装安装支架100。
例如,在图30、图32和图33的示例中,定位结构Z133与支撑腿Z12的连接处位于定位结构Z133的上方,第六连接孔Z1311a位于定位结构Z133的下方,方便了连接件Z4的安装,提升了安装支架100的安装效率。
当然,每个第六连接孔Z1311a还可以均位于定位结构Z133的靠近支撑腿Z12的一侧,此时位于便于安装支架100的安装,可以合理设置支撑腿Z12,以使第六连接孔Z1311a暴露于操作人员的视野和操作空间中。此外,当第六连接孔Z1311a为多个时,多个第六连接孔Z1311a还可以分别位于定位结构Z133的相对两侧,使得至少一个第六连接孔Z1311a位于定位结构Z133的远离支撑腿Z12的一侧,且至少一个第六连接孔Z1311a位于定位结构Z133的靠近支撑腿Z12的一侧。
在一些实施例中,如图30和图32所示,并结合图33、图35和图36,本体件Z131包括面板部Z1311和侧板部Z1312,侧板部Z1312为两个,且两个侧板部Z1312位于面板部Z1311的横向(例如,图33中的左右方向)两侧,侧板部Z1312与支撑腿Z12相连。当安装支架100设于窗口2001处时,侧板部Z1312可以朝向远离墙体2000的方向延伸,从而通过侧板部Z1312与支撑腿Z12相连,方便了支撑脚Z13与支撑腿Z12的连接,同时由于侧板部Z1312为两个,则两个侧板部Z1312均对支撑腿Z12起到支撑作用,实现支撑脚Z13对支撑腿Z12的有效、稳定支撑。
例如,在图32的示例中,支撑腿Z12包括支腿面板Z121和支腿侧板Z122,支腿侧板Z122为两个,且两个支腿侧板Z122位于支腿面板Z121的横向两侧,两个支腿侧板Z122的下端与两个侧板部Z1312对应相连。两个支腿侧板Z122可以位于两个侧板部Z1312的横向外侧,使得两个侧板部Z1312位于两个支腿侧板Z122之间。
可选地,在图32和图35的示例中,支撑腿Z12的下端形成有两个避让槽Z120,两个避让槽Z120沿横向间隔布置,每个避让槽Z120由支腿面板Z121和一个支腿侧板Z122限定出,侧板部Z1312对应配合至避让槽Z120内以与对应支腿侧板Z122相连。其中,支腿面板Z121的下端具有止挡部Z1211,避让槽Z120由止挡部Z1211和支腿侧板Z122限定出,止挡部Z1211向下延伸以适于止抵在支撑脚Z13的远离墙体2000的外壁面R的一侧,有利于进一步提升支撑腿Z12支撑稳定性。
如图29、图32和图33所示,外包件Z132包括端面部Z1321、上翻边部Z1322和下翻边部Z1323,上翻边部Z1322和下翻边部Z1323分别位于端面部Z1321的纵向(例如,图33中的上下方向)两端,端面部Z1321覆盖在面板部Z1311的厚度一侧(例如,图29中的前侧),在支撑脚Z13与墙体2000抵接时,端面部Z1321位于面板部Z1311与墙体2000之间。上翻边部Z1322与端面部Z1321的纵向上端相连,且上翻边部Z1322翻扣至面板部Z1311的厚度另一侧(例如,图29中的后侧),下翻边部Z1323与端面部Z1321的纵向下端相连,且下翻边部Z1323翻扣至面板部Z1311的厚度另一侧,则外包件Z132的横截面形状可以大致形成为C型,上翻边部Z1322和下翻边部Z1323将端面部Z1321与面板部Z1311紧密扣合,保证外包件Z132稳定外包于本体件Z131,同时便于保证定位凸起Z133b可靠配合于定位孔Z133a,而且上翻边部Z1322和下翻边部Z1323具有一定的承载能力,有利于减小定位结构Z133的受力。
如图32所示,定位孔Z133a形成在面板部Z1311上,且定位孔Z133a的横向宽度大于面板部Z1311的横向宽度的一半以上,由于定位凸起Z133b与定位孔Z133a定位配合,则定位凸起Z133b的横向宽度大于面板部Z1311的横向宽度的一半以上,由于定位结构Z133 主要承担竖向作用力,从而进一步保证了定位结构Z133的承载能力。定位凸起Z133b设在端面部Z1321上,则定位凸起Z133b设在端面部Z1321的朝向面板部Z1311的一侧表面上,且定位凸起Z133b位于端面部Z1321的上端和下端之间的中心位置,则端面部Z1321可以划分为第一面部和第二面部,定位凸起Z133b对应第一面部设置,第二面部围绕第一面部一整圈设置,第一面部和第二面部均适于抵接于墙体2000的外壁面R,使得第一面部的边缘受力合理、均衡,从而保证定位凸起Z133b受力较为均衡;定位孔Z133a也可以位于面板部Z1311的上端和下端之间的中心位置,有利于保证定位孔Z133a结构稳定,避免定位孔Z133a因受力易变形。
可以理解的是,定位凸起Z133b位于端面部Z1321的上端和下端之间的中心位置,包括但不限于,定位凸起Z133b的中心与端面部Z1321的中心重合;当然,定位凸起Z133b的中心还可以偏离于端面部Z1321的中心设置。换言之,定位凸起Z133b与端面部Z1321的上端之间的距离和定位凸起Z133b与端面部Z1321的下端之间的距离相等或不等。
在一些实施例中,如图29和图32所示,外包件Z132的远离本体件Z131的一侧具有沿上下方向间隔开设置的多条凹槽Z1321a,则外包件Z132的与墙体2000抵接的一侧具有多条凹槽Z1321a,多条凹槽Z1321a沿纵向(例如,图29中的上下方向)间隔设置,每个凹槽Z1321a可以沿横向(例如,图29中的左右方向)延伸,且每个凹槽Z1321a由外包件Z132的部分表面凹入形成,从而在外包件Z132抵接于墙体2000时,如果将外包件Z132设置为弹性良好的部件,例如橡胶件,则可以进一步提升外包件Z132的变形能力,使得外包件Z132与墙体2000抵接更加紧密,进而外包件Z132不易相对墙体2000滑动,有利于延长外包件Z132的使用寿命。
可选地,在图29和图32的示例中,本体件Z131为钣金件,便于保证本体件Z131的结构强度,同时有利于实现本体件Z131的轻量化设计。外包件Z132为橡胶件,在外包件Z132与墙体2000抵接时,由于外包件Z132具有良好的弹性,使得外包件Z132与墙体2000接触更为紧密,有利于增大支撑脚Z13与墙体2000之间的作用力,使得支撑脚Z13不易相对墙体2000滑动,保证支撑脚Z13位置稳定,以实现稳定支撑。
在一些实施例中,如图29所示,安装支架100包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个支撑单元Z1,每个支撑单元Z1均用于固定和支撑窗式空调器200,提高了安装支架100的结构强度和结构稳定性,保证窗式空调器200安装可靠。可以理解的是,两个支撑单元Z1的结构可以相同或不同。
如图29所示,结合图43和图45,支撑架Z11适于穿设于窗口2001,以使支撑架Z11的一部分适于设在室内,则支撑架Z11还包括第二部分Z11b,第二部分Z11b适于设在室内。 安装支架100还包括定位单元Z2,定位单元Z2适于设在室内,且定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11的位于室内的部分例如支撑架Z11的第二部分Z11b相连,定位单元Z2适于与窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合,便于将支撑单元Z1稳定安装于窗口2001处。
例如,定位单元Z2适于与窗口2001定位配合,便于将定位单元Z2稳定安装于墙体2000,而每个支撑单元Z1的支撑架Z11延伸至室内,且每个支撑单元Z1的支撑架Z11的第二部分Z11b均与定位单元Z2相连,实现了安装支架100的稳定安装。当然,安装支架100在使用时,定位单元Z2还可以与窗口2001处的窗框2002定位配合,或者定位单元Z2与窗口2001和窗框2002均定位配合,同样可以实现安装支架100的稳定安装。
可以理解的是,在内外方向上,支撑架Z11的第二部分Z11b的长度可以小于支撑架Z11的第一部分Z11a的长度,以便于安装支架100的设置与窗式空调器200的重心相匹配,保证窗式空调器200的安装稳定性。
当然,当支撑架Z11设于窗口2001处时,支撑架Z11还可以全部设于室外;此时,安装支架100包括定位单元Z2时,定位单元Z2的至少部分适于设在室内,定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11直接或间接相连。例如,当定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11间接相连时,定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11之间可以设有连接段,连接段分别与定位单元Z2和支撑架Z11连接,以实现定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11相连;当定位单元Z2与支撑架Z11直接相连时,定位单元Z2的一部分可以延伸至室外,以与支撑架Z11连接;但不限于此。
可选地,在图29的示例中,支撑架Z11形成为一体件,以节省支撑架Z11的组装工序,提升安装支架100的安装效率;例如,支撑架Z11形成为折弯件,且支撑架Z11由单板折弯成型。当然,支撑架Z11还可以形成为分体件,此时支撑架Z11可以包括多个支撑件,多个支撑件采用装配的手段相连。
此外,在图29和图34的示例中,支撑单元Z1为多个,安装支架100还包括连接单元Z3,连接单元Z3适于设在室外,且连接单元Z3与多个支撑单元Z1的支撑架Z11的位于室外的部分例如第一部分Z11a分别相连,有利于进一步提升安装支架100的支撑稳定性。
下面,参考附图描述根据本申请第二方面实施例的窗式空调器组件1000。
如图39和图41所示,窗式空调器组件1000包括窗式空调器200和安装支架100,安装支架100为根据本申请上述第一方面实施例的用于窗式空调器200的安装支架100,安装支架100适于安装在墙体2000的窗口2001处,窗式空调器200设置在安装支架100上。
根据本申请实施例的窗式空调器组件1000,通过采用上述的安装支架100,方便了窗式空调器200的安装固定且安全可靠性较高。
在一些实施例中,如图37、图41和图43所示,窗式空调器组件1000还包括连接组件400,连接组件400适于连接安装支架100和窗式空调器200。由此,通过采用上述的连接组件400,有利于提升安装支架100和窗式空调器200之间的连接可靠性,进一步提升窗式空调器200的安装稳固性,保证窗式空调器200的使用安全。
而且,由于连接组件400分别与安装支架100和窗式空调器200相连,安装支架100可以通过连接组件400对窗式空调器200施加一定的作用力,从而在一定程度上可以防止窗式空调器200位于室内的部分受到上倾覆力F1和/或下倾覆力F2而导致窗式空调器组件1000安装松动,提升了窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力,进一步增强了窗式空调器200的安装牢固性。例如,当大人在室内往上掀窗式空调器200时,安装支架100可以通过连接组件400对窗式空调器200施加一定的作用力,以克服窗式空调器200受到的至少部分上倾覆力F1,从而使得窗式空调器200稳定设在窗口2001处,避免窗式空调器200易掉到室外而砸到行人;又例如,当小孩儿在室内向下压窗式空调器200时,安装支架100可以通过连接组件400对窗式空调器200施加一定的作用力,以克服窗式空调器200受到的至少部分下倾覆力F2,避免窗式空调器200易掉到室内而砸到小孩儿。
由此,通过设置连接组件400以适于连接安装支架100和窗式空调器200,进一步提升了窗式空调器200的安装稳固性,提升了窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力,实现窗式空调器200的安全使用,避免了安装支架100松动导致窗式空调器200安装不稳固。
可选地,如图41、图43和图45的示例中,连接组件400适于设在室内,则当连接组件400为一个时,该连接组件400整体适于设在室内,当连接组件400为多个时,每个连接组件400均适于设在室内。当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于室内。
可以理解的是,当连接组件400为多个时,多个连接组件400可以沿横向间隔设置。例如,在图37的示例中,连接组件400为两个,两个连接组件400分别设在窗式空调器200的横向两端。当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于此;连接组件400还可以为三个或三个以上。
在一些实施例中,如图39和图43所示,安装支架100包括支撑单元1、定位单元2和连接单元3,支撑单元1适于沿内外方向穿设于窗口2001,支撑单元1的位于室外的至少部分适于抵接墙体2000的外壁面R,定位单元2适于设在室内,且定位单元2与支撑单元1的位于室内的部分相连,定位单元2适于于窗口2001和/或窗框2002定位配合,连接单元3适于设在室外,且连接单元3与支撑单元1相连。可选地,窗式空调器200安装完成后,连接单元3可以与窗式空调器200在内外方向上间隔设置。
例如,支撑单元1可以包括支撑腿12,支撑腿12的下端适于直接或间接与墙体2000 的外壁面R抵接,则支撑腿12可以对支撑架11起到支撑作用,有利于提升安装支架100的稳定性。
可选地,如图40和图44所示,定位单元2包括沿横向延伸的主架21,主架21的横向中心位置具有适于安装水平仪300的安装平台213,便于水平仪300的安装。
在一些实施例中,窗式空调器200包括沿内外方向间隔开设置的室内机组201和室外机组202,则室内机组201和室外机组202可以分隔设置,使得室内机组201的壳体与室外机组202的壳体分隔设置,简化了室内机组201的壳体与室外机组202的壳体的结构,方便室内机组201的壳体与室外机组202的壳体的加工。
如图39、图41和图45所示,墙体2000的厚度两侧分别为室内侧2004和室外侧2005,窗口2001处设有窗扇2003,室内机组201和室外机组202之间限定出适于容纳窗扇2003的容纳空间200a,容纳空间200a的顶部以及容纳空间200a的横向两侧(例如,图45中的左右两侧)均敞开设置,窗扇2003的至少一部分可以伸入容纳空间200a内,此时室内机组201位于窗扇2003的室内侧2004,室外机组202位于窗扇2003的室外侧2005,窗扇2003可以将室内机组201与室外机组202隔开,从而在一定程度上可以阻碍室外机组202的运行噪音传入室内侧2004,以提升用户的体验效果,而且窗式空调器200结构灵活、便于安装,无需特意在墙体2000上开设与窗式空调器200外形相匹配的窗口2001,利用墙体2000上用于安装窗户的窗口2001就可以实现窗式空调器200的安装,从而降低了窗式空调器200的安装要求。
可以理解的是,当窗扇2003可以沿上下方向推拉时,窗扇2003可以完全位于容纳空间200a的上方,以保证窗口2001具有足够的通风面积,同时由于窗式空调器200通过安装支架100安装于窗口2001处,窗扇2003的推拉设置不会影响窗式空调器200的固定安装,便于实现窗扇2003的正常使用。
如图39、图41、图43和图45所示,窗式空调器200包括密封组件203,密封组件203适于密封在窗口2001的底壁与窗扇2003的下端之间,以密封窗口2001于窗扇2003之间的间隙,便于保证窗式空调器200安装在窗口2001处的密封效果。例如,当冬天室外温度较低时,用户可以将密封组件203密封在窗口2001的底壁与窗扇2003的下端之间,避免室外冷空气流入室内而影响舒适性;同时可以进一步有效隔离室外机组202的运行噪音。
例如,在图41和图45的示例中,密封组件203可转动地设于容纳空间200a,且密封组件203可以在收纳位置(如图41所示)和密封位置(如图45所示)之间转动。其中,在密封组件203转动至收纳位置时,密封组件203收纳在容纳空间200a内,在密封组件203转动至密封位置时,密封组件203密封在窗口2001的底壁与窗扇2003的下端之间。
当然,密封组件203的设置方式不限于此,例如密封组件203还可以可拆卸地设在窗式空调器200。
如图45所示,窗式空调器200还包括锁扣组件204,锁扣组件204适于与窗扇2003锁扣配合,以限制窗扇2003离开容纳空间200a,实现了窗扇2003有效锁定,避免他人在室外打开窗扇2003,有效防止偷盗,保证用户的人身财产安全。例如,在图45的示例中,锁扣组件204在第一状态和第二状态之间可切换,在第一状态下,锁扣组件204可以与窗扇2003锁扣配合,以使窗扇2003稳定伸入容纳空间200a,在第二状态下,锁扣组件204可以与窗扇2003脱离配合,此时窗扇2003可以离开容纳空间200a;其中,锁扣组件204可以包括锁扣件,锁扣件在第一位置和第二位置之间可运动,以实现锁扣组件204在第一状态和第二状态之间的切换。
可以理解的是,锁扣组件204的具体结构可以根据实际应用具体设置,只需保证窗式空调器200安装完成后,锁扣组件204可以与窗扇2003锁扣配合,以限制窗扇2003离开容纳空间200a即可。
下面,参照附图37-图46,描述根据本申请的连接组件400的一些实施例。
在一些实施例中,如图38、图40、图42-图44所示,连接组件400的下端具有用于支撑窗台2006的底支撑部10,从而当底支撑部10支撑在窗台2006上时,窗台2006可以通过底支撑部10对窗式空调器200施加一定的支撑作用力,实现窗式空调器200与窗台2006之间的支撑,有利于进一步提升窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力,进一步增强了窗式空调器200的安全性和牢固性,同时便于减小安装支架100的承载,保证安装支架100稳定支撑窗式空调器200。
可选地,当连接组件400适于设在室内时,则底支撑部100适于支撑在位于室内的窗台2006上,有利于提升窗式空调器200的抗下倾覆能力,即窗式空调器200位于室内的部分可以承受较大的下倾覆力F2,当小孩儿在室内向下压窗式空调器200时,连接组件400可以稳定支撑窗式空调器200,避免窗式空调器200易掉到室内而砸到小孩儿;当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于室内。
可以理解的是,连接组件400具有一个或多个底支撑部10。当底支撑部10为多个时,多个底支撑部10可以沿横向(例如,图37中的左右方向)间隔设置;但不限于此。
需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上;“横向”应作广义理解,不仅限于水平方向,即“横向”理解为不仅包括水平方向(例如,图37和图41中的左右方向),还包括相对于水平方向呈一定角度的倾斜方向;同样,后文所述的“竖向” 也应做广义理解,不仅限于竖直方向,即“竖向”理解为不仅包括竖直方向(例如,图37和图41中的上下方向),还包括相对于竖直方向呈一定角度的倾斜方向。
在一些实施例中,如图38和图42所示,连接组件400构造成:底支撑部10与窗式空调器200的底面200b的相对高度可调节,则连接组件400构造成:在上下方向上,底支撑部10与窗式空调器200的底面200b之间的距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200,例如,窗框2002的尺寸发生改变,使得窗式空调器200的底面200b与窗台2006之间在上下方向上的距离发生改变时,连接组件400的底支撑部10仍可以支撑于窗台2006,使得窗台2006通过底支撑部10对窗式空调器200施加合适的支撑作用力,从而有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
在一些实施例中,如图38和图42所示,连接组件400包括用于与窗式空调器200相连的第三连接部5,连接组件400还包括用于与安装支架100相连的第四连接部6,连接组件400构造成第三连接部5和第四连接部6在从室内到室外的方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200,提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性,使得连接组件400更好地满足差异化需求。
例如,在图37、图38和图42的示例中,第三连接部5与窗式空调器200相连,使得第三连接部5和窗式空调器200在内外方向(例如,图37中的前后方向)的上相对距离可始终保持不变,第四连接部6与安装支架100相连,使得第四连接部6和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离可始终保持不变。由于连接组件400构造成第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,则连接组件400构造成窗式空调器200和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200、不同尺寸的安装支架100,例如,窗式空调器200的尺寸发生改变,使得窗式空调器200与安装支架100在内外方向上的距离发生改变时,连接组件400仍可以实现窗式空调器200与安装支架100的相连,从而有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
其中,窗式空调器200和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离,可以理解为窗式空调器200的室内端端面(例如,图41中的窗式空调器200的前端面)与安装支架100的朝向室内的端面(例如,图41中的安装支架100的前端面)在内外方向上的距离,或者,可以理解为窗式空调器200的重心和安装支架100的重心在内外方向上的距离。
可选地,如图42所示,第三连接部5和第四连接部6均适于设在室内,方便了操作人员在室内对连接组件400进行调节。当然,第三连接部5和第四连接部6的设置位置不限于室内。
可以理解的是,第三连接部5和第四连接部6之间可以设置锁定件,锁定件可以用于锁定第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的距离,使得第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的距离保持不变;当第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的距离需要调节时,可以解锁锁定件来调节第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的距离。
在一些实施例中,如图38、图40和图42所示,连接组件400包括第一连接件7、第二连接件8和第三连接件9,第一连接件7适于与窗式空调器200相连,第二连接件8适于与安装支架100相连,第三连接件9连接第一连接件7和第二连接件8。由此,连接组件400结构简单,便于实现,同时便于实现连接组件400的灵活设计。
其中,第一连接件7与窗式空调器200之间的连接方式、第二连接件8与安装支架100之间的连接方式可以根据实际应用具体设置。例如,第一连接件7与窗式空调器200之间可拆卸相连,第二连接件8与安装支架100之间可拆卸相连,但不限于此。
可选地,如图42所示,第一连接件7、第二连接件8和第三连接件9均适于设在室内,方便了操作人员在室内对连接组件400进行安装。当然,第一连接件7、第二连接件8和第三连接件9的设置位置不限于室内。
在图42的示例中,连接组件400的下端具有用于支撑窗台2006的底支撑部10,底支撑部10可以形成在第一连接件7的下端,保证第一连接件7有效支撑在窗台2006与窗式空调器200之间,保证窗式空调器200的安全性。
在一些实施例中,如图38和图42所示,第一连接件7上具有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔710,第一条形孔710适于通过第一紧固件401与窗式空调器200相连,则第一紧固件401可以通过第一条形孔710穿设于窗式空调器200以将第一连接件7与窗式空调器200相连;由于第一条形孔710沿上下方向延伸,则第一紧固件401与第一连接件7的连接位置沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向可调节。
其中,第一连接件7的底面用于支撑窗台2006,则第一连接件7的底部可以形成为底支撑部10,从而第一紧固件401和第一连接件7的底面在上下方向上距离可通过第一条形孔710调节,使得第一连接件7的底面与窗式空调器200的底面200b的相对高度可调节,也就是说,当窗式空调器200的底面200b与窗台2006之间在上下方向上的距离发生改变时,第一连接件7的底面仍可以支撑于窗台2006,且第一连接件7仍可以通过第一紧固件401与窗式空调器200相连,有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
而且,第三连接件9通过第一条形孔710与第二连接件8相连,则第三连接件9可以通过第一条形孔710穿设于第二连接件8以将第一连接件7与第二连接件8相连;由于第一条形孔710沿上下方向延伸,第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置沿第一条形孔710 的延伸方向可调节,则第二连接件8与第一连接件7的连接位置沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向可调节,便于保证第一连接件7的合理受力,例如,第三连接件9可以较为靠近第一紧固件401设置,有利于减小第一紧固件401与第一连接件7之间的扭矩。同时,无需在第一连接件7上另外加工与第二连接件8相连的连接孔,有利于简化第一连接件7的加工工序。
可选地,第一条形孔710可以形成为长圆形孔、或矩形孔等。
可选地,在图42的示例中,第一条形孔710适于设在室内,以便于操作人员在室内调节第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置,即调节第二连接件8与第一连接件7在上下方向上的连接位置。当然,第一条形孔710的设置位置不限于室内。
在一些实施例中,如图38、图40和图42所示,第二连接件8上具有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔810,第三连接件9通过第二条形孔810连接第一连接件7,则第三连接件9可以通过第二条形孔810穿设于第一连接件7以将第二连接件8与第一连接件7相连;由于第二条形孔810沿内外方向延伸,第三连接件9与第二连接件8的连接位置沿第二条形孔810的延伸方向可调节,则第一连接件7与第二连接件8的连接位置沿第二条形孔810的延伸方向可调节。
其中,第二连接件8的外端用于连接安装支架100,从而第三连接件9与第二连接件8的外端在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,则在连接组件400连接在窗式空调器200和安装支架100之间时,窗式空调器200和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200、不同尺寸的安装支架100,例如,窗式空调器200的尺寸发生改变,使得窗式空调器200与安装支架100在内外方向上的距离发生改变时,连接组件400仍可以实现窗式空调器200与安装支架100的相连,从而有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
可选地,第二条形孔810可以形成为长圆形孔、或矩形孔等。
可选地,在图42的示例中,第二条形孔810适于设在室内,以便于操作人员在室内调节第三连接件9与第二连接件8的连接位置,即调节第二连接件8与第一连接件7在内外方向上的连接位置。当然,第二条形孔810的设置位置不限于室内。
在一些实施例中,如图42所示,第一连接件7上具有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔710,第二连接件8上具有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔810,第一紧固件401通过第一条形孔710穿设于窗式空调器200以将第一连接件7与窗式空调器200相连,且第一紧固件401与第一连接件7的连接位置可以沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向调节;第二连接件8的外端用于连接安装支架100,第三连接件9通过第一条形孔710和第二条形孔810连接第一连接件 7和第二连接件8,则第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置可以沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向调节,且第三连接件9与第二连接件8的连接位置可以沿第二条形孔810的延伸方向调节,从而第一连接件7和第二连接件8的连接位置可以沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向调节、也可以沿第二条形孔810的延伸方向调节。
由此,即使第一连接件7的底面与窗式空调器200的底面200b在上下方向上的相对高度发生变化,连接组件400可以通过调节第一紧固件401与第一连接件7的连接位置来适应;即使窗式空调器200与安装支架100在内外方向上的距离发生变化,连接组件400可以通过调节第三连接件9与第二连接件8的连接位置来适应;而第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置便于更好地改善第一连接件7的受力。
可选地,在图42的示例中,第一条形孔710和第二条形孔810均适于设在室内,且第一条形孔710的延伸方向和第二条形孔810的延伸方向垂直,以便于操作人员在室内调节第二连接件8与第一连接件7在上下方向上和内外方向上的连接位置。
在一些实施例中,如图42所示,第一连接件7上形成有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔710时,第一连接件7包括第一板部71和底支板部72,第一板部71沿上下方向延伸,第一条形孔710形成在第一板部71上,以便于第一条形孔710的设置,其中第一条形孔710可以沿第一板部71的厚度方向贯穿第一板部71。底支板部72与第一板部71的下部相连,第一板部71的底面和底支板部72的底面均用于支撑窗台2006,有利于提升第一连接件7的支撑稳定性。
可以理解的是,在上述实施例中,由于第一紧固件401通过第一条形孔710穿设于窗式空调器200以将第一连接件7与窗式空调器200相连,则第一板部71可以作为前文中所述的第三连接部5的一个可选示例。当然,第三连接部5不限于此;例如在本申请的其他实施例中,第三连接部5还可以形成为一个单独的部件。换言之,第三连接部5以是连接组件400的一个单独的部件、也可以是连接组件400中的一个部件的一部分。
例如,在图42的示例中,第一板部71竖直布置,则第一板部71具有良好的抗弯刚度,底支板部72也竖直布置,则底支板部72也具有良好的抗弯刚度,便于第一板部71和底支板部72连接,同时便于保证第一板部71和底支板部72的竖向承载能力。
例如,如图42和图44所示,底支板部72还包括第二板部721,第二板部721沿内外方向延伸,第二板部721可以沿上下方向布置,第二板部721与第一板部71相连。其中,第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室内侧71a和/或室外侧71b,则包括以下情况:1、第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室内侧71a,此时第二板部721可以由第一板部71的朝向室内的部分侧表面沿远离室外的方向延伸形成;2、第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室 外侧71b,此时第二板部721可以由第一板部71的朝向室外的部分侧表面沿远离室内的方向延伸形成,则当第一连接件7适于设在室内时,有利于避免第一连接件7占用过多的室内空间,节省窗式空调器组件100的室内占用空间;3、第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室内侧71a和室外侧71b,此时第二板部721可以为两个,其中一个第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室内侧71a,另一个第二板部721连接在第一板部71的室外侧71b。
需要说明的是,“第一板部71的室内侧71a”并非是指第一板部71的位于室内的一侧,而是指第一板部71的朝向室内的一侧,同样,“第一板部71的室外侧71b”并非是指第一板部71的位于室外的一侧,而是指第一板部71的朝向室外的一侧。
由此,第一板部71和第二板部721可以大致形成为L型或T型,有利于提升第一连接件7的抗侧刚度,保证窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力。
在本申请的进一步实施例中,如图42和图44所示,底支板部72还包括第三板部722,第三板部722由第二板部721的远离第一板部71的一端沿横向延伸,则第三板部722的底面也可以用于支撑窗台2006,进一步提升了第一连接件7的支撑稳定性。
例如,在图42和图44的示例中,第一板部71和第三板部722分别设在第二板部721的相对两端,第三板部722自第二板部721的远离第一板部71的一端横向延伸,此时第三板部722的在横向上的一端与第二板部721的远离第一板部71的一端相连,使得第二板部721和第三板部722大致形成为L型,有效提升了第一连接件7的抗侧刚度,保证了第一连接件7的支撑稳定性,有利于提升窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力,使得窗式空调器200通过第一连接件7稳定支撑于窗台2006。
可选地,在图41和图42的示例中,第一连接件7可以设在窗式空调器200的横向端部,第三板部722可以自第二板部721的远离第一板部71的一端沿横向朝向窗式空调器200的横向中心延伸,使得第三板部722的至少部分可以位于窗式空调器200的正下方,有利于进一步提升第一连接件7的抗侧刚度,保证窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力。
当然,第三板部722还可以自第二板部721的远离第一板部71的一端沿横向朝向远离窗式空调器200的横向中心延伸。
在一些实施例中,如图38和图42所示,第三板部722上具有沿横向延伸的第三条形孔7220,第三条形孔7220处可以设有第三紧固件,第三紧固件可以通过第三条形孔7220穿设于窗框2002或窗台2006以将第三板部722和窗框2002或墙体2000相连,进一步提升了第一连接件7的支撑稳定性,同时第三紧固件与第三板部722的连接位置可以沿第三条形孔7220的延伸方向调节,从而使得连接组件400适用于窗式空调器200和安装支架100在横向上的相对位置需要调整的情况,便于连接组件400适用于不同尺寸的窗式空调器200、 不同尺寸的安装支架100。
当然,第三条形孔7220处还可以未设置第三紧固件,则第三板部722可以仅置于窗台2006上以起到支撑作用,同样可以适用于窗式空调器200和安装支架100在横向上的相对位置需要调整的情况。例如,在图41和图42的示例中,第三板部722可以与窗口2002在内外方向上间隔设置,使得第一连接件7与窗框2002的在内外方向上的相对距离较远,有利于提升窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力。
此外,第三板部722上还可以未设置第三条形孔7220,以简化第三板部722的加工工序。
可选地,第三条形孔7220可以形成为长圆形孔、或矩形孔等。
在一些实施例中,如图40、图42、图44和图46所示,第二连接件8上形成有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔810时,第二连接件8包括第四板部81和第五板部82,第四板部81沿内外方向延伸,第二条形孔810形成在第四板部81上,以便于第二条形孔810的加工;第五板部82与第四板部81的外端相连,且第五板部82沿横向延伸,第五板部82用于连接安装支架100,则第四板部81和第五板部82可以大致形成为L型结构或T型结构,方便了第二连接件8与安装支架100的相连。
可以理解的是,在上述实施例中,第五板部82可以作为前文中所述的第四连接部6的一个可选示例。当然,第四连接部6不限于此;例如在本申请的其他实施例中,第四连接部6还可以形成为一个单独的部件。换言之,第四连接部6可以是连接组件400的一个单独的部件、也可以是连接组件400中的一个部件的一部分。
可选地,在图42和图46的示例中,第二连接件8为一体件,例如第二连接件8大致形成为L型结构,且第二连接件8整体由单板折弯成型,方便了第二连接件8的加工,有利于降低成本。
可选地,在图42和图46的示例中,第二连接件8还包括连接板部83,连接板部83连接在第四板部81和第五板部82之间,连接板部83竖直布置,且连接板部83的上端连接在第四板部81的外端的上侧或下侧,连接板部83下端的朝向室外的一侧连接在第五板部82的横向一端,有利于提升第二连接件8的竖向支撑稳定性。
当然,第二连接件8还可以不包括连接板部83,此时第五板部82可以直接连接在第四板部81的朝向室外的一端,使得第二连接件8大致形成为L型结构或T型结构。
可选地,在图42和图46的示例中,第二连接件8可以设在窗式空调器200的横向端部,第五板部82可以自第四板部81的远离外端沿横向朝向远离窗式空调器200的横向中心的方向延伸,便于使得第五板部82的至少部分不位于窗式空调器200的正下方,便于使得第 五板部82的至少部分位于窗式空调器200的斜下方,相对于第五板部82位于窗式空调器200的正下方而言,第五板部82的至少部分位于窗式空调器200的斜下方便于使得第五板部82的至少部分暴露于操作空间,方便第五板部82连接至安装支架100。
在一些实施例中,如图42和图46所示,第五板部82上具有沿横向延伸的第四条形孔820,第四条形孔820适于通过第二紧固件402与安装支架100相连,则第二紧固件402可以通过第四条形孔820穿设于安装支架100以将第五板部82与安装支架100相连;由于第四条形孔820沿横向延伸,则第二紧固件402与第五板部82的连接位置可以沿第四条形孔820的延伸方向调节,从而使得连接组件400可以适用于窗式空调器200和安装支架100在横向上的相对位置需要调整的情况,便于连接组件400适用于不同尺寸的窗式空调器200、不同尺寸的安装支架100。
可选地,第四条形孔820可以形成为长圆形孔、或矩形孔等。
可选地,在图42的示例中,第三连接件9为蝶形螺栓90,便于操作人员手拧操作,有利于提升手拧效率。可以理解的是,蝶形螺栓90有利于实现第一连接件7和第二连接件8之间的频繁拆卸,便于连接组件400的维护,此时窗式空调器200与安装支架100可以通过连接组件400可拆卸相连,方便了窗式空调器组件1000的拆装灵活,便于窗式空调器组件1000的维护。
当然,第三连接件9还可以为其他可以连接第一连接件7和第二连接件8的部件,而不限于蝶形螺栓90。
在一些实施例中,如图41、图43和图45所示,连接组件400适于设在室内,则当连接组件400为一个时,该连接组件400整体适于设在室内,当连接组件400为多个时,每个连接组件400均适于设在室内。当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于室内。
可以理解的是,在本申请的其他实施例中,连接组件400还可以构造为包括第二连接件8和第三连接件9、且不包括第一连接件7(例如,如图45和图46所示),此时第二连接件8适于与安装支架100和窗式空调器200分别相连,第三连接件9适于连接第二连接件8和窗式空调器200或适于连接第二连接件8和安装支架100。
可选地,在图45和图46的示例中,第二连接件8包括第四板部81和第五板部82,第五板部82与安装支架100相连,第四板部81与窗式空调器200相连,第四板部81上形成有第二条形孔810,第二条形孔810沿内外方向延伸,第三连接件9适于通过第二条形孔810连接第二连接件8和窗式空调器200,则第三连接件9与第二连接件8的连接位置可沿第二条形孔810的延伸方向调节,使得第三连接件9与第五板部82在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200, 提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。当然,连接组件400的结构不限于此。
在一些实施例中,窗式空调器组件1000的连接组件400适于至少与窗式空调器200相连,连接组件400的下端具有用于支撑窗台2006的底支撑部10。
其中,连接组件400适于至少与窗式空调器200相连,可以包括以下情况:1、连接组件400适于仅与窗式空调器200相连;2、连接组件400不仅适于与窗式空调器200相连,而且连接组件400还适于与除窗式空调器200外的其他部件例如安装支架100等相连。
如图41和图42所示,当底支撑部10支撑在窗台2006上时,窗台2006可以通过底支撑部10对窗式空调器200施加一定的支撑作用力,实现窗式空调器200与窗台2006之间的支撑,有利于进一步提升窗式空调器200的抗倾覆能力,进一步增强了窗式空调器200的安全性和牢固性。
例如,当连接组件400适于设在室内时,底支撑部10适于支撑在室内的窗台2006上,有效提升了窗式空调器200的抗下倾覆能力,如果小孩儿在室内向下压窗式空调器200时,连接组件400可以稳定支撑窗式空调器200,避免窗式空调器200易掉到室内而砸到小孩儿。
由此,通过采用上述的连接组件400,有利于进一步提升窗式空调器200的安装稳固性,提升了窗式空调器100的抗倾覆能力,保证窗式空调器200的使用安全。
在一些实施例中,连接组件400仅与窗式空调器200相连,连接组件400可以构造为包括前文中所述的第一连接件7和第三连接件9、而不包括前文中所述的第二连接件8(图未示出该实施例),第一连接件7通过第三连接件9适于与窗式空调器200相连,底支撑部10可以形成在第一连接件7的下端。
例如,当连接组件400包括第一连接件7和第三连接件9、且不包括第二连接件8时,第一连接件7上可以形成有第一条形孔710,第一条形孔710可以沿上下方向延伸,且第一条形孔710位于底支撑部10的上方,第三连接件9适于通过第一条形孔710连接第一连接件7和窗式空调器200,则第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置可沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向调节,使得第三连接件9与底支撑部10在上下方向上的相对高度可调节,从而连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200,提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
可以理解的是,连接组件400可以为一个或多个;当连接组件400为多个时,多个连接组件400可以沿横向间隔设置。例如,在图37的示例中,连接组件400为两个,两个连接组件400分别设在窗式空调器200的横向两端。当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于此;连接组件400还可以为三个或三个以上。
在一些实施例中,如图38和图42所示,连接组件400构造成:底支撑部10与窗式空 调器200的底面200b的相对高度可调节,则连接组件400构造成:在上下方向上,底支撑部10与窗式空调器200的底面200b之间的距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200,例如,窗框2002的尺寸发生改变,使得窗式空调器200的底面200b与窗台2006之间在上下方向上的距离发生改变时,连接组件400的底支撑部10仍可以支撑于窗台2006,使得窗台2006通过底支撑部10对窗式空调器200施加合适的支撑作用力,从而有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
可以理解的是,当底支撑部10与窗式空调器200的底面200b的相对高度可调节时,连接组件400可以包括前文中所述的第一连接件7和第三连接件9、而不包括前文中所述的第二连接件8(图未示出),第一连接件7通过第三连接件9适于与窗式空调器200相连,底支撑部10可以形成在第一连接件7的下端,第一连接件7上形成有第一条形孔710,第三连接件9穿设于第一条形孔710并与窗式空调器200相连,则实现了第一连接件7与窗式空调器200的相连,同时第三连接件9与第一连接件7的连接位置可沿第一条形孔710的延伸方向可调节,使得底支撑部10与窗式空调器200的底面200b的相对高度可调节;或者,连接组件400还可以包括前文中所述的第一连接件7、第二连接件8和第三连接件9,底支撑部10可以形成在第一连接件7的下端,第三连接件9连接第一连接件7和第二连接件8,同样可以通过上述方式实现底支撑部10与窗式空调器200底面200b相对高度的调节。
在一些实施例中,连接组件400还与安装支架100相连,进一步保证窗式空调器200与安装支架100连接牢靠。连接组件400包括与窗式空调器200相连的第三连接部5、以及与安装支架100相连的第四连接部6,连接组件400构造成:第三连接部5和第四连接部6在从室内到室外方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200,提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性,使得连接组件400更好地满足差异化需求。
例如,在图38和图42的示例中,第三连接部5与窗式空调器200相连,使得第三连接部5和窗式空调器200在内外方向的上相对距离可始终保持不变,第四连接部6与安装支架100相连,使得第四连接部6和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离可始终保持不变。由于连接组件400构造成第三连接部5和第四连接部6在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,则连接组件400构造成窗式空调器200和安装支架100在内外方向上的相对距离可调节,使得连接组件400可以适用于不同尺寸的窗框2002、不同尺寸的窗式空调器200、不同尺寸的安装支架100,例如,窗式空调器200的尺寸发生改变,使得窗式空调器200与安装支架100在内外方向上的距离发生改变时,连接组件400仍可以实现窗式空调器200与安装支架100的相连,从而有效提升了连接组件400的适用性和通用性。
在一些实施例中,如图41、图43和图45所示,连接组件400适于设在室内,则当连接组件400为一个时,该连接组件400整体适于设在室内,当连接组件400为多个时,每个连接组件400均适于设在室内。当然,连接组件400的设置位置不限于室内。
在本申请的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“横向”、“竖向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。
在本申请中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”、“固定”等术语应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或成一体;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接,还可以是通信;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。
在本申请中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,第一特征在第二特征“上”或“下”可以是第一和第二特征直接接触,或第一和第二特征通过中间媒介间接接触。而且,第一特征在第二特征“之上”、“上方”和“上面”可是第一特征在第二特征正上方或斜上方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度高于第二特征。第一特征在第二特征“之下”、“下方”和“下面”可以是第一特征在第二特征正下方或斜下方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度小于第二特征。
在本说明书的描述中,参考术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示例”、“具体示例”、或“一些示例”等的描述意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本申请的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中,对上述术语的示意性表述不必须针对的是相同的实施例或示例。而且,描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。此外,在不相互矛盾的情况下,本领域的技术人员可以将本说明书中描述的不同实施例或示例以及不同实施例或示例的特征进行结合和组合。
尽管已经示出和描述了本申请的实施例,本领域的普通技术人员可以理解:在不脱离本 申请的原理和宗旨的情况下可以对这些实施例进行多种变化、修改、替换和变型,本申请的范围由权利要求及其等同物限定。

Claims (47)

  1. 一种用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述安装支架适于安装在墙体的窗口处,所述窗式空调器适于设置在所述安装支架上,所述安装支架包括:
    支撑单元,所述支撑单元为多个且沿横向间隔开,每个所述支撑单元均包括支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外,所述支撑架的室外侧端部上具有沿竖向延伸的第一连接部;以及
    连接单元,所述连接单元适于设在室外且与多个所述支撑单元分别相连,所述连接单元包括沿横向延伸的连接杆和设于所述连接杆上的多个第二连接部,多个所述第二连接部沿横向间隔开设置,以与多个所述第一连接部分别对应相连,其中,所述第二连接部包括安装结构和遮挡结构,所述安装结构适于通过连接件与所述第一连接部固定相连,所述遮挡结构与所述安装结构相连且适用于至少遮挡所述连接件的上侧和/或横向两侧。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述遮挡结构包括:
    第一挡檐板,所述第一挡檐板位于所述第一连接部的上方;和/或,
    第二挡檐板,所述第二挡檐板为两个且分别位于所述第一连接部的横向两侧。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述安装结构包括沿竖向延伸的安装板,所述安装板位于所述第一连接部的靠近室内的一侧,且适于通过所述连接件与所述第一连接部固定相连。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述遮挡结构包括:
    第一挡檐板,所述第一挡檐板与所述安装板的上边沿相连,且位于所述第一连接部的上方;
    第二挡檐板,所述第二挡檐板为两个且分别与所述安装板的横向两侧边沿相连,两个所述第二挡檐板分别位于所述第一连接部的横向两侧。
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述第一连接部由所述支撑架的室外侧端部向上延伸,所述第二连接部位于所述支撑架的上方,所述连接杆位于所述第二连接部的靠近室内的一侧。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述连接杆包括:顶板、连接在所述顶板下方的两个侧板和至少两个加强板,所述顶板支撑在多个所述支撑架上,两个所述侧板分别位于多个所述支撑单元的横向两侧,所述加强板位于相邻两个所述支撑架之间。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑架 适于穿设于窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内,所述安装支架包括:
    定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑架的位于室内的部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述定位单元包括沿横向延伸的主架,所述支撑架支撑在所述主架的上方,且包括支撑板和由所述支撑板的横向两侧向下延伸的翻边部,所述支撑板的室内侧端部上具有向下凹入的沉槽,所述沉槽的底壁支撑在所述主架的上表面上,且适于与所述主架通过连接件固定相连。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,每个所述支撑单元还包括支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接与所述墙体的外壁面抵接。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑单元适于沿内外方向穿设于所述窗口,所述支撑单元的位于室外的至少部分适于抵接所述墙体的外壁面,
    所述安装支架还包括:
    定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑单元的位于室内的部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合,所述定位单元包括主架和多个副架,所述主架和所述副架均沿横向延伸,每个所述副架均可与所述主架沿横向抽拉配合,以使所述定位单元的横向长度可调节,其中,多个所述副架可替换地与所述主架配合,且至少两个所述副架的横向长度不等。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,每个所述副架均包括架杆和档杆,所述架杆沿横向延伸,所述档杆沿竖向延伸,所述档杆设在所述架杆的横向一端。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述档杆包括沿横向延伸的两个挡板,两个所述挡板沿内外方向间隔开设置,所述档杆还包括连接板,所述连接板沿内外方向延伸且连接两个所述挡板。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述连接板上具有沿横向延伸的第一连接孔,所述架杆上具有沿竖向延伸的第二连接孔和/或沿内外方向延伸的第三连接孔,所述第二连接孔为多个且沿横向间隔开设置,所述第三连接孔为多个且沿横向间隔开设置。
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述主架内限定出沿横向延伸且横向两端均敞开的滑槽,所述架杆穿入所述滑槽以相对所述主架沿 横向可抽拉,所述档杆止挡在所述滑槽外。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述主架包括主体段和两个端部段,两个所述端部段分别位于所述主体段的横向两端,所述主体段的底面敞开,所述端部段的底面封闭。
  16. 根据权利要求11-15中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述主架的任意横截面均为匚形,所述主架的室内侧壁面上具有沿横向间隔开设置的多个第一定位孔,所述架杆的室内侧壁面和室外侧壁面上均具有第二定位孔,所述第二定位孔与所述第一定位孔适于通过连接件固定相连。
  17. 根据权利要求11-16中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述副架至少包括第一副架和第二副架,所述第一副架的架杆和所述第二副架的架杆的横向长度之和等于所述主架的横向长度。
  18. 根据权利要求10-17中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑单元为沿横向间隔开设置的多个,每个所述支撑单元均包括支撑架和支撑腿,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸且适于穿设于所述窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内、另一部分适于设在室外,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接抵接所述墙体的外壁面,所述支撑架的位于室内的部分连接至所述主架。
  19. 根据权利要求1-18中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑单元包括:
    支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外;
    支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连,所述支撑腿的下端适于直接或间接与所述墙体的外壁面抵接,
    其中,所述支撑架的位于室外的部分具有第一限位结构,所述支撑腿的上端具有第二限位结构,所述第二限位结构与所述第一限位结构限位配合,以限制所述支撑腿与所述支撑架之间在朝向室内侧的最大夹角,避免所述支撑腿相对所述支撑架朝向远离所述墙体方向的转动角度超过所述最大夹角。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑架上具有沿横向间隔开设置的两个限位槽,每个所述限位槽均沿内外方向延伸,其中,所述限位槽的横向一侧敞开为敞口,所述限位槽的横向另一侧具有侧壁,所述限位槽作为所述第一限位结构;
    所述第二限位结构由所述敞口装配于所述限位槽内,所述第二限位结构包括上限位部和 下限位部,所述上限位部止抵所述限位槽的顶壁,所述下限位部止抵所述限位槽的底壁。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑腿包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个支腿侧板,所述下限位部设于所述支腿侧板的上端且位于所述支腿侧板的靠近室内的一侧。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述下限位部沿着横向朝向靠近所述限位槽的侧壁的方向延伸。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述上限位部包括支撑面和第一延伸部,所述支撑面为所述支腿侧板的顶面,所述第一延伸部由所述支腿侧板的上端朝向靠近室内的一侧延伸。
  24. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支腿侧板的上端具有第四连接孔,所述限位槽的侧壁上具有沿内外方向间隔开设置的多个第五连接孔,所述第四连接孔适于与任一所述第五连接孔通过连接件固定相连。
  25. 根据权利要求20-24中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑架包括:支撑板和安装板,所述支撑板沿内外方向延伸,且适于支撑在所述窗式空调器的底部,所述安装板为两个且分别连接所述支撑板的横向两侧下方,每个所述安装板的下端具有朝向另一个所述安装板翻折的翻边,所述限位槽限定在所述翻边、所述安装板和所述支撑板之间,所述支撑板构成所述限位槽的顶壁,所述安装板构成所述限位槽的侧壁,所述翻边构成所述限位槽的底壁。
  26. 根据权利要求19-25中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑单元还包括:支撑脚,所述支撑脚与所述支撑腿的下端相连,所述支撑脚适于设在室外以与所述墙体的外壁面抵接,
    其中,所述支撑腿的下端具有第二延伸部,所述第二延伸部适于止抵在所述支撑脚的远离所述墙体的外壁面的一侧。
  27. 根据权利要求1-26中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述支撑单元包括:
    支撑架,所述支撑架沿内外方向延伸,且所述支撑架的至少部分适于设在室外;
    支撑腿,所述支撑腿适于设在室外,且所述支撑腿的上端与所述支撑架的位于室外的部分相连;以及
    支撑脚,所述支撑脚适于设在室外,且所述支撑脚与所述支撑腿的下端相连,其中,所述支撑脚包括本体件和外包件,所述本体件安装于所述支撑腿,所述外包件外包于所述本体件,所述支撑脚适于通过所述外包件与所述墙体的外壁面抵接,其中,所述本体件与所 述外包件通过定位结构定位配合,所述定位结构包括定位孔和配合于所述定位孔的定位凸起。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述本体件上形成有一个或者多个第六连接孔,连接件适于穿过所述第六连接孔和所述外包件固定于所述墙体的外壁面。
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述本体件包括:面板部和侧板部,所述侧板部为两个且位于所述面板部的横向两侧,所述侧板部与所述支撑腿相连,所述外包件包括:端面部、上翻边部和下翻边部,所述端面部覆盖在所述面板部的厚度一侧,所述上翻边部与所述端面部的纵向上端相连且翻扣至所述面板部的厚度另一侧,所述下翻边部与所述端面部的纵向下端相连且翻扣至所述面板部的厚度另一侧。
  30. 根据权利要求27-29中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述外包件的远离所述本体件的一侧具有沿上下方向间隔开设置的多条凹槽。
  31. 根据权利要求27-30中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,其中,所述安装支架包括沿横向间隔开设置的两个所述支撑单元,所述支撑架适于穿设于所述窗口,以使所述支撑架的一部分适于设在室内,所述安装支架包括:
    定位单元,所述定位单元适于设在室内且与所述支撑架的室内部分相连,所述定位单元适于与所述窗口和/或窗框定位配合。
  32. 一种窗式空调器组件,其中,包括:
    窗式空调器;和
    安装支架,所述安装支架为根据权利要求1-31中任一项所述的用于窗式空调器的安装支架,所述安装支架适于安装在墙体的窗口处,所述窗式空调器设置在所述安装支架上。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,还包括:
    连接组件,所述连接组件适于连接所述安装支架和所述窗式空调器。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件的下端具有用于支撑窗台的底支撑部。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件构造成:所述底支撑部与所述窗式空调器的底面的相对高度可调节。
  36. 根据权利要求33-35中任一项所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件包括用于与所述窗式空调器相连的第三连接部,所述连接组件还包括用于与所述安装支架相连的第四连接部,所述连接组件构造成:所述第三连接部和所述第四连接部在从室内到室外方向上的相对距离可调节。
  37. 根据权利要求33-36中任一项所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件包括第一连接件、第二连接件和第三连接件,所述第一连接件适于与所述窗式空调器相连,所述第二连接件适于与所述安装支架相连,所述第三连接件连接所述第一连接件和所述第二连接件,
    所述第一连接件上具有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔,所述第一条形孔适于通过第一紧固件与所述窗式空调器相连,且所述第三连接件通过所述第一条形孔与所述第二连接件相连,所述第一连接件的底面用于支撑窗台;和/或,
    所述第二连接件上具有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔,所述第三连接件通过所述第二条形孔连接所述第一连接件,所述第二连接件的外端用于连接所述安装支架。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述第一连接件上形成有沿上下方向延伸的第一条形孔时,所述第一连接件包括第一板部和底支板部,所述第一板部沿上下方向延伸,所述第一条形孔形成在所述第一板部上,所述底支板部与所述第一板部的下部相连,所述第一板部的底面和所述底支板部的底面均用于支撑窗台。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述底支板部包括第二板部,所述第二板部沿内外方向延伸且连接在所述第一板部的室内侧和/或室外侧。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述底支板部还包括第三板部,所述第三板部由所述第二板部的远离所述第一板部的一端沿横向延伸。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述第三板部上具有沿横向延伸的第三条形孔。
  42. 根据权利要求37-41中任一项所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述第二连接件上形成有沿内外方向延伸的第二条形孔时,所述第二连接件包括第四板部和第五板部,所述第四板部沿内外方向延伸,所述第二条形孔形成在所述第四板部上,所述第五板部与所述第四板部的外端相连且沿横向延伸,所述第五板部用于连接所述安装支架。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述第五板部上具有沿横向延伸的第四条形孔,所述第四条形孔适于通过第二紧固件与所述安装支架相连。
  44. 根据权利要求33-43中任一项所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件适于设在室内。
  45. 根据权利要求32所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,还包括:
    连接组件,所述连接组件适于至少与所述窗式空调器相连,所述连接组件的下端具有用于支撑窗台的底支撑部。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件构造成:所述底支 撑部与所述窗式空调器的底面的相对高度可调节。
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的窗式空调器组件,其中,所述连接组件还与所述安装支架相连,所述连接组件包括与所述窗式空调器相连的第三连接部、以及与所述安装支架相连的第四连接部,所述连接组件构造成:所述第三连接部和所述第四连接部在从室内到室外方向上的相对距离可调节。
PCT/CN2020/134963 2019-12-17 2020-12-09 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件 WO2021121101A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA3162371A CA3162371A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2020-12-09 Mounting bracket for window air conditioner and window air conditioner assembly
US17/785,521 US12013144B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2020-12-09 Mounting bracket for window air conditioner and window air conditioner assembly

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201922273415.7U CN211575506U (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN201922294065.2 2019-12-17
CN201922273159.1 2019-12-17
CN201922273412.3U CN211345569U (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN201911303245.0 2019-12-17
CN201922286733.7 2019-12-17
CN201911303245.0A CN110966687A (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN201922273412.3 2019-12-17
CN201922273159.1U CN211345568U (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN201922294065.2U CN211345570U (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN201922273415.7 2019-12-17
CN201922286733.7U CN211345798U (zh) 2019-12-17 2019-12-17 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021121101A1 true WO2021121101A1 (zh) 2021-06-24

Family

ID=76477079

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/134963 WO2021121101A1 (zh) 2019-12-17 2020-12-09 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US12013144B2 (zh)
CA (1) CA3162371A1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2021121101A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114274543A (zh) * 2021-12-15 2022-04-05 成都飞机工业(集团)有限责任公司 一种加筋蒙皮定位成型方法

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021120424A1 (zh) * 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 安装架组件和窗式空调器组件
US20230213218A1 (en) * 2021-12-30 2023-07-06 Midea Group Co., Ltd. Adjustable mounting assembly for air conditioning outdoor unit

Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2112114U (zh) * 1991-09-30 1992-08-05 凌小平 可调式空调机机架
EP0553880A2 (en) * 1992-01-29 1993-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Hanger for outdoor heat exchanger
KR20030080778A (ko) * 2002-04-10 2003-10-17 엘지전자 주식회사 창문형 공기조화기의 설치장치
CN201476251U (zh) * 2009-08-06 2010-05-19 梁剑龙 一种窗式空调安装支架
US20150097096A1 (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-04-09 Ernest Arbucci Window support and method for room air conditioner installation
CN204880450U (zh) * 2015-07-28 2015-12-16 Tcl空调器(中山)有限公司 支撑架及空调器
CN207247398U (zh) * 2017-09-20 2018-04-17 青岛申昌电器有限公司 一种空调室外机用悬挂支架
CN207365244U (zh) * 2017-06-29 2018-05-15 惠安集睿信息科技有限公司 一种建筑用的支架结构
CN208075296U (zh) * 2018-04-19 2018-11-09 裴含忠 一种窗机空调用安装支架
CN208671324U (zh) * 2018-08-21 2019-03-29 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 安装支架组件和窗机组件
CN208804781U (zh) * 2018-08-21 2019-04-30 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 安装支架和具有其的窗式空调器组件
CN110966687A (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-04-07 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345798U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211345570U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345569U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211345568U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211575506U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-09-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8091844B1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2012-01-10 Bragg Dana C Air conditioner support device
US8584998B1 (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-11-19 Andrew Peterson Window air conditioner unit mounting system
CN107327978B (zh) * 2017-08-17 2019-12-24 张明森 一种窗式空调架
CN210197487U (zh) * 2019-06-26 2020-03-27 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架及窗式空调器组件
US11168920B1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-09 Midea Group Co., Ltd. Window air conditioning unit anti-tip bracket assembly

Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2112114U (zh) * 1991-09-30 1992-08-05 凌小平 可调式空调机机架
EP0553880A2 (en) * 1992-01-29 1993-08-04 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Hanger for outdoor heat exchanger
KR20030080778A (ko) * 2002-04-10 2003-10-17 엘지전자 주식회사 창문형 공기조화기의 설치장치
CN201476251U (zh) * 2009-08-06 2010-05-19 梁剑龙 一种窗式空调安装支架
US20150097096A1 (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-04-09 Ernest Arbucci Window support and method for room air conditioner installation
CN204880450U (zh) * 2015-07-28 2015-12-16 Tcl空调器(中山)有限公司 支撑架及空调器
CN207365244U (zh) * 2017-06-29 2018-05-15 惠安集睿信息科技有限公司 一种建筑用的支架结构
CN207247398U (zh) * 2017-09-20 2018-04-17 青岛申昌电器有限公司 一种空调室外机用悬挂支架
CN208075296U (zh) * 2018-04-19 2018-11-09 裴含忠 一种窗机空调用安装支架
CN208671324U (zh) * 2018-08-21 2019-03-29 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 安装支架组件和窗机组件
CN208804781U (zh) * 2018-08-21 2019-04-30 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 安装支架和具有其的窗式空调器组件
CN110966687A (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-04-07 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345798U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211345570U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345569U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211345568U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-08-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211575506U (zh) * 2019-12-17 2020-09-25 广东美的制冷设备有限公司 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114274543A (zh) * 2021-12-15 2022-04-05 成都飞机工业(集团)有限责任公司 一种加筋蒙皮定位成型方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA3162371A1 (en) 2021-06-24
US12013144B2 (en) 2024-06-18
US20230026722A1 (en) 2023-01-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021121101A1 (zh) 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
US7857034B2 (en) Side cover of a roller blind frame rail
CN110966687A (zh) 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
US20210325054A1 (en) Mounting bracket for window air conditioner and window air conditioner assembly
CN111189121A (zh) 安装架组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345570U (zh) 用于窗式空调器组件的连接组件和窗式空调器组件
CN211345798U (zh) 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
JP5638478B2 (ja) 下枠および建具
CN211345568U (zh) 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN107449060B (zh) 窗式空调器
JP4720839B2 (ja) 屋外盤の換気構造
JP5660610B2 (ja) 天井点検口
CN211345569U (zh) 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN211575506U (zh) 用于窗式空调器的安装支架和窗式空调器组件
CN214403333U (zh) 一种百叶天窗屋顶
JP2011187834A (ja) キャビネット用ファン取付具
EP3656964B1 (en) Two-in-one curtain and roller blind support frame
CN220222020U (zh) 风机安装结构、用于设置专用计算设备的集装箱、连接框架及支承架
JP6816966B2 (ja) 庇を備えたシャッターケース及び当該シャッターケースを備えたシャッター装置
JP5431988B2 (ja) シャッター収納部の構造
CN220814612U (zh) 一种遮阳穿孔板结构
JP2012202132A (ja) 太陽電池パネルの固定構造
JP2017043903A (ja) 開閉体収容ケース
JP4109987B2 (ja) 出窓
JP2010084394A (ja) シャッター装置の収納部の構造

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20902131

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3162371

Country of ref document: CA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 21/11/2022)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20902131

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1